CONTENTS
Transcription
CONTENTS
CONTENTS www.norgren.com www.norgren.com Introduction ii Actuators 1 Vacuum 55 Valves 61 Pressure switches 106 Air line equipment 108 Fittings, tubing and accessories 140 Index 171 i Introduction GET THE NORGREN ADVANTAGE POPULAR RANGE OF PROVEN PRODUCTS ... Whether you’re working on the specification for your next project, or just need to find a replacement part fast - look no further than Norgren. We've brought together in this catalogue our most popular ranges of proven and successful products. Thousands of companies of all sizes, from all industries across the world rely on these products every day to work efficiently and reliably, and to optimise the performance of their machines. A two year warranty applies to all Norgren products. So when you choose Norgren, you know you're going to get the competitive advantage that you need. www.norgren.com www.norgren.com ii AVAILABLE FROM STOCK TODAY Thousands of core products are readily available to you through this catalogue or to order online. These are either held in stock, or are quickly configurable - eg valve islands and cylinders cut to length. ENGINEERINGADVANTAGE iii Introduction GO ONLINE TO NORGREN.COM It's never been easier to browse, select and buy your pneumatic components online, and benefit from user-friendly online tools and services. Norgren's unique online toolbox is available for business 24 hours a day, seven days a week. >> Find products quickly using the online catalogue >> Instant price and availability check - it only takes seconds >> Buy online securely using your Norgren trade account >> Check the status of ALL orders (phone, fax, online) >> Download 2D and 3D CAD drawings in 15 formats >> Get the latest Norgren literature, including technical datasheets and new product colour brochures >> Free and easy access to training modules and application examples ONLINEADVANTAGE 1 2 3 1. Browse the catalogue 2. Select the product you need 3. Buy securely online www.norgren.com www.norgren.com iv re www.no rg n.com/aod ANSWERS ON DEMAND INSTANT PRICE, AVAILABILITY AND ORDER STATUS Answers on Demand (AOD) is a quick and easy way for you to access price, availability and order status information by email 24 hours a day. Check price & availability >> Send a simple email showing the part numbers and quantities you want. You will receive a complete quote within just a few seconds directly to your inbox. Track your orders >> Keep up to date with the status of ALL your orders not only those placed online. Simply send an email with your purchase order number and receive line by line status of your order instantly. Try AOD now. Visit www.norgren.com/aod for full details. v Introduction TECHNICAL SERVICE AND SUPPORT If you need help or want to talk to someone fast - talk to Norgren. Our dedicated technical support specialists and customer service teams are on the end of the phone and ready to help you with anything from price and availability to expert product selection and advice on installation. If you prefer, you can go online at any time to our popular FAQ area to get answers to many common questions. www.norgren.com www.norgren.com vi INTERNATIONAL SALES AND SERVICES AUSTRALIA Tel: +61 3 921 30 800 Fax: +61 3 921 30 890 [email protected] HONG KONG Tel: +852 2492 7608 Fax: +852 2498 5878 [email protected] NORWAY Tel: +47 67 90 82 01 Fax: +47 67 97 06 24 [email protected] AUSTRIA Tel: +43 22 36 63 520 Fax: +43 22 36 63 520 20 [email protected] HUNGARY Tel: +36 1 284 9000 Fax: +36 1 284 8980 [email protected] POLAND Tel: +48 22 518 9530 Fax: +48 22 518 9531 [email protected] BELGIUM & LUXEMBURG Tel: +32 2 333 44 11 Fax: +32 2 376 26 34 [email protected] INDIA Tel: +91 11 2681 7933 Fax: +91 11 2681 7932 [email protected]. SINGAPORE Tel: +65 6862 1811 Fax: +65 6862 1916/17 [email protected] BRAZIL Tel: +55 11 5698 4000 Fax: +55 11 5698 4001 [email protected] IRELAND Tel: +353 1 8300 288 Fax: +353 1 8300 082 [email protected] SLOVENIA Tel: +386 4 531 7550 Fax: +386 4 531 7555 [email protected] CHINA Tel: +86 21 64 85 69 09 Fax: +86 21 64 95 60 42 [email protected] ITALY Tel: +39 039 60 631 Fax: +39 039 60 63 301 [email protected] SPAIN Tel: +34 93 748 9800 Fax: +34 93 783 0838 [email protected] CZECH REPUBLIC Tel: +420 465 612 879 Fax: +420 465 612 908 [email protected] JAPAN Tel: +81 6 6876 8913 Fax: +81 6 6876 8929 Japan@imi–norgren.com SWEDEN Tel: +46 40 59 51 00 Fax: +46 40 49 50 90 [email protected] DENMARK Tel: +45 44 91 41 66 Fax: +45 44 91 15 60 [email protected] MALAYSIA Tel: +60 3 5121 9255 Fax: +60 3 5121 2889 [email protected] SWITZERLAND Tel: +41 71 973 82 00 Fax: +41 71 973 82 01 [email protected] FINLAND Tel: +358 95 712 140 Fax: +358 95 712 1440 arki@imi–norgren.fi MEXICO Tel: +52 55 1500 64 00 Fax: +52 55 5565 70 72 [email protected] UK Tel: +44 1543 265 000 Fax: +44 1543 265 811 [email protected] FRANCE Tel: +33 1 60 05 92 12 Fax: +33 1 60 06 08 52 [email protected] NETHERLANDS Tel: +31 20 6822751 Fax: +31 20 6820983 [email protected] USA Tel: +1 303 794 2611 Fax: +1 303 795 9487 [email protected] GERMANY Commercial enquiries Tel: 0180 566 7473 Technical enquiries Tel: 0180 566 7474 Fax: +49 2802 49356 [email protected] NEW ZEALAND Tel: +64 9 579 0189 Fax: +64 9 526 3398 [email protected] Independent Distributors Argentina Bahrain Bolivia Bosnia-Herzegovina Bulgaria Brunei Channel Islands Chile Colombia Costa Rica Croatia Cyprus Dominican Rep. Ecuador Egypt El Salvador Greece Guatemala Honduras Iceland Indonesia Iran Israel Jamaica Korea Kuwait Nicaragua Nigeria Pakistan Panama Papua New Guinea Paraguay Peru Philippines Portugal Puerto Rico Saudi Arabia Slovakia South Africa Sri Lanka Taiwan Thailand Turkey United Arab Emirates Uruguay Venezuela Vietnam West Indies Zimbabwe ++54 11 4756-1251 ++973 225751/224214 ++591 3 472 121 ++38 771 650 271 ++359 32903180 ++673 3 330621 ++44 1481 724642 ++56 32 256521 ++56 2 204 0788/1968 ++57 1 292 5155 ++506 220 0118 ++386 (64) 700 09 49 ++357 2 494123 ++1809 565 4431 ++1809 540 4858 ++593-2-433-673 ++202 2721617, 2706190 ++503 298 1500 ++30 210 522 1155 ++502 331 05 46 ++502 473 7388 ++504 553 0932 ++354 565 4904 ++62 21-6385 8225 ++6221 5366 1936 ++98 21 889 9164 ++98 21 878 4937 ++972 3 540 0286 ++1 809 969 0576 ++82 2 2672 3671 ++82 2 2678 8428 ++965 3986083 ++ 965 4332796 ++505 2 673704 ++234 1 7744273 ++921 262 6623 ++507 263 5337 ++675 422602 ++595 21 20 3465 ++51 1 444 9704 ++51 144 55593/53035 ++63 2 525 3964 ++351 787 8210 ++1787 798 5454 ++1787 831 4565 ++1787 791 4000 ++966 1 294 1588 ++421 37 65 24 338 ++27 11 894 4281 ++27 11 975 9660 ++27 (0)12 660 0767 ++94 1 730343 ++886 2 562 98 93 ++886 2 6952881 ++66 2 5191206 ++66 2 3320103-4 ++66 2 332 5555 ++90 212 293 8870 ++971 43 390044 ++598 2 93 0030 ++58 2 793 1141 ++84 8 835 1916 ++1809 652 4212 ++1809 657-1987 ++1868 674 3632 ++263 751633-6 Contact Norgren worldwide on: [email protected] vii Introduction PRODUCT FINDER Actuators Linear slides Grippers Switches Pressure switches see page 106 see page 5 see page 29 see page 37 see page 52 Directional control valves Proportional valves Non return valves Flow control valves Air line equipment Vacuum see page 55 see page 64 see page 84 see page 97 see page 99 See page 108 Fittings Tubing Accessories see page 141 see page 166 see page 167 www.norgren.com www.norgren.com viii Actuators Roundline cylinders RM/59100/C RM/28000/M RT/57100/M Ø 2,5 ... 4 mm ISO 6432 Ø 10 ... 25 mm Ø 10 ... 40 mm Page 5 Page 6 Page 8 RM/8000/M RT/57200/M RM/55401/M VSM/55600/N2 ISO 6432 Ø 10 ... 25 mm Ø 8 ... 63 mm Ø 32 ... 100 mm Hollow piston rod cylinders Ø 25 & 40 mm Page 7 Page 9 Page 10 Page 11 RA/191000/M RA/193000/M RM/91000/M M/50100 Ø 20 ... 63 mm Ø 8 ... 63 mm Page 12 Page 16 Page 18 RA/192000/M RM/92000 M/50200 ISO 21287 Ø 20 ... 125 mm Ø 12 ... 100 mm Ø 8 ... 63 mm Page 14 Page 17 Page 18 PRA/182000,../M PVA/182000/M RA/8000,../M ISO, VDMA, NFE Ø 32 ... 125 mm ISO, VDMA, NFE Ø 32 ... 100 ISO, VDMA, NFE Ø 32 ... 320 mm (including cylinders conforming to Standard ISO 6432) Compact cylinders (including cylinders conforming to Standards ISO 21287) Profile cylinders Tie-rod cylinders ISO 21287 Ø 20 ... 63 mm PRA/181000/M ISO, VDMA, NFE Ø 32 ... 100 mm (all conforming to Standards ISO 6431 VDMA 24562 NFE 49 003-1) Page 19 Single acting Page 20 Page 23 Page 24 Double acting 1 Actuators LINTRA® Pneumatic rodless cylinders Slide tables Cylinders with guiding Double acting 2 M/44000/M A44000 M/46000,../M LINTRA® -Compact Ø 25 ... 40 mm LINTRA®-LITE Ø 25 ... 40 mm Internal guided Ø 16 ... 80 mm Page 26 Page 27 Page 28 M/46100,../M M/46200,../M External guided Ø 16 ... 80 mm Precision roller guided Ø 25 ... 63 mm Page 28 Page 28 M/261000/M M/261100/M M/261200/M M/261300/M Slide tables Ø 6 ... 16 mm Slide tables Ø 10 ... 12 mm Slide tables Ø 8 ... 20 mm Slide tables Ø 10 ... 16 mm Page 29 Page 30 Page 31 Page 32 M/261400/M M/61200/M,../MR Slide tables Ø 6 mm Slide tables Ø 16 ... 32 mm Page 33 Page 36 M/60100/M M/61000/M,../MR Slide units Ø 10 ... 40 mm Guiding and stopper cylinders Ø 32 ... 100 mm Page 34 Page 35 Grippers M/160300/M/11 M/160300/M/12 M/160340/M/11 M/160340/M/12 Angular grippers Ø 8 ... 25 mm Parallel grippers Ø 10 ... 25 mm Page 37 Page 39 M/160330/M/12 M/160350/M/11 M/160350/M/12 M/160360/M/12 M/160380/M/12 Parallel grippers Ø 8 ... 12 mm Parallel grippers Ø 16 ... 20 mm Page 40 Page 41 Page 42 M/60210/M M/60270/M M/60280 Miniature rotary actuators 0,23 ... 1,0 Nm/6 bar Compact rotary actuators 1,5 ... 7,4 Nm/6 bar Rotary vane actuator 0,2 ... 9,3 Nm/6 bar Page 44 Page 45 Page 46 Angular grippers Ø 16 ... 20 mm Page 38 Parallel grippers Ø 8 ... 50 mm M/160390/M/12 Parallel grippers Ø 12 ... 25 mm Page 43 Rotary actuators (including actuators conforming to Standards ISO 6431 – pitch dimensions VDMA 24562 – pitch dimensions) M/162000/MI Rack & pinion type, ISO, VDMA, 7,2 ... 306 Nm/6 bar Page 47 Single acting Double acting 3 Actuators Stainless steel Stainless steel materials: AISI 303 AISI 304 AISI 316 Special products Switches (Reed and solid state) Vacuum products KM/8000/M KM/55001/M Stainless steel, ISO 6432 Ø 12 ... 25 mm Stainless steel, ISO 6431 Ø 32 ... 125 mm Page 48 Page 49 PM/31000 M/31000 Compact air bellows Ø 2ª ... 12 inch Air bellows, serviceable Ø 6 ... 26 inch Page 50 Page 51 M/50 (Reed) M/50/EA.. (Solid state) QM/32 (Reed) QM/132 (Solid state) TQM/31 (Reed) TQM/33 (Reed) M/369, M/370 (Reed) M/345 (Solid state) M/346 (Reed & Solid state) M/4... (Solid state) Page 52 Page 53 Page 54 M/58112 M/58102 M/58300, M/58400 Single stage vacuum pumps Vacuum pumps -0,85 ... -0,9 bar Flat and bellows cups Ø 6 ... 150 mm M/58028/VB, ... /VF M/58027/VAP/P, ... /VAN/P M/58024/VB, ... /VF Vacuum switches Page 55 Single acting Double acting 4 Page 56 Page 57 Page 58 MINIATURE ROUNDLINE CYLINDERS RM/59100/C Single acting Ø 2,5 & 4 mm Ideal for very light load applications such as function testing mobile phones and keyboards Low friction characteristics mean high speeds No fittings required - all types feature one integral push on barbed connector Long service life and corrosion resistant materials mean low cost of ownership TECHNICAL DATA STANDARD MODELS Ø mm Theoretical forces (N) at 6 bar Outstroke F1 2,9 0,7 7,6 1,2 2,5 4 Model RM/59102/C/* RM/59104/C/* F1 = Return force of spring (N) * Insert stroke length in mm from table below. Service kits are not available for these cylinders. STANDARD STROKES Ø 5 10 15 20 2,5 4 º º º º º º Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated Operating pressure: 3,5 to 7 bar Operating temperature: 0°C to +60°C Air supply must be dry enough to avoid ice formation at temperatures below +2°C www.norgren.com/info/nec/en005 5 Actuators ROUNDLINE CYLINDERS (ISO) RM/28000/M Single acting, ISO 6432 Ø 10 to 25 mm Magnetic piston as standard Generally conforms to ISO 6432 High strength, double crimped end cap design Corrosion resistant Nose mounting nut and piston rod locknut as standard STANDARD MODELS Ø 10 12 16 20 25 Piston rod Ø Port size 4 6 6 8 10 M5 M5 M5 G1/8 G1/8 STANDARD STROKES Model RM/28010/M/* RM/28012/M/* RM/28016/M/* RM/28020/M/* RM/28025/M/* Ø 10 25 50 10 12 16 20 25 º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º * Insert stroke length in mm TECHNICAL DATA Service kits are not available for these cylinders. Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated SWITCHES With integral cable Operation: Single acting (sprung in), magnetic piston, buffer cushioning With plug-in cable Operating pressure: 2 to 10 bar Operating temperature: Reed Solid state -10°C to +80°C max. Model Model Cable M/50/LSU/*V M/50/EAP/*V M/50/LSU/CP M/50/EAP/CP M/P73001/5 (5 m) M/P73001/5 (5 m) *Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52 Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C MOUNTINGS Ø AK B, G C F FH L L2 10 12 16 20 25 QM/8010/38 QM/8012/38 QM/8012/38 QM/8020/38 QM/8025/38 M/P19407 M/P19408 M/P19408 M/P19409 M/P19409 M/P19369 M/P19389 M/P19389 M/P19406 M/P19406 QM/8010/25 QM/8012/25 QM/8012/25 QM/8020/25 QM/8025/25 – QM/8012/34 QM/8012/34 QM/8020/34 QM/8020/34 QM/947 QM/8012/24 QM/8012/24 QM/8020/24 QM/8020/24 QM/8010/44 QM/8012/44 QM/8012/44 QM/8020/44 QM/8020/44 Ø N UF Switch mounting brackets # ∫ 15 mm stroke Switch mounting brackets # < 15 mm stroke 10 12 16 20 25 M/P1501/90 M/P13834 M/P13834 M/P13615 M/P13615 QM/8010/32 QM/8012/32 QM/8012/32 QM/8020/32 QM/8025/32 QM/33/010/22 QM/33/012/22 QM/33/016/22 QM/33/020/22 QM/33/025/22 QM/33/010/23 QM/33/010/23 QM/33/016/23 QM/33/020/23 QM/33/025/23 # For use with switches M/50, see page 52 6 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en006 ROUNDLINE CYLINDERS (ISO) RM/8000/M Double acting, ISO 6432 Ø 10 to 25 mm STANDARD MODELS Magnetic piston as standard Conforms to ISO 6432 High strength, double crimped end cap design Corrosion resistant Buffer or adjustable cushioning Nose mounting nut and piston rod locknut as standard Ø Piston rod Ø Port size Model Buffer cushioning Adjustable cushioning 10 12 16 20 25 4 6 6 8 10 M5 M5 M5 G1/8 G1/8 RM/8010/M/* RM/8012/M/* RM/8016/M/* RM/8020/M/* RM/8025/M/* RM/8017/M/* RM/8021/M/* RM/8026/M/* * Insert stroke length in mm. Service kits are not available for these cylinders. TECHNICAL DATA STANDARD STROKES STANDARD STROKES (buffer cushioning) RM/8010, 12, 16, 20, 25 (adjustable cushioning) RM/8017, 21, 26 Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated Operation: Double acting, magnetic piston with buffer or adjustable cushioning Ø 10 25 40 50 80 100 125 160 200 250 Ø 25 40 50 80 100 125 160 200 250 10 12 16 20 25 º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º 16 20 25 º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º Other strokes available Other strokes available SWITCHES Operating pressure: 1 to 10 bar With integral cable Operating temperature: With plug-in cable -10°C to +80°C max. Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Reed Solid state Model Model Cable M/50/LSU/*V M/50/EAP/*V M/50/LSU/CP M/50/EAP/CP M/P73001/5 (5 m) M/P73001/5 (5 m) *Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52 MOUNTINGS 10 12 16 20 25 10 12 16 20 25 AK B, G C F FH L L2 QM/8010/38 QM/8012/38 QM/8012/38 QM/8020/38 QM/8025/38 M/P19407 M/P19408 M/P19408 M/P19409 M/P19409 M/P19369 M/P19389 M/P19389 M/P19406 M/P19406 QM/8010/25 QM/8012/25 QM/8012/25 QM/8020/25 QM/8025/25 – QM/8012/34 QM/8012/34 QM/8020/34 QM/8020/34 QM/947 QM/8012/24 QM/8012/24 QM/8020/24 QM/8020/24 QM/8010/44 QM/8012/44 QM/8012/44 QM/8020/44 QM/8020/44 N UF Guide block Switch mounting brackets # ∫ 15 mm stroke Switch mounting brackets # < 15 mm stroke M/P1501/90 M/P13834 M/P13834 M/P13615 M/P13615 QM/8010/32 QM/8012/32 QM/8012/32 QM/8020/32 QM/8025/32 – QM/8012/61/* QM/8012/61/* QM/8020/61/* QM/8025/61/* QM/33/010/22 QM/33/012/22 QM/33/016/22 QM/33/020/22 QM/33/025/22 QM/33/010/23 QM/33/010/23 QM/33/016/23 QM/33/020/23 QM/33/025/23 # For use with switches M/50, see page 52 * Insert standard stroke length: Ø 12 mm: 50, 100, 160, 200 and 250 mm; Ø 16 to 25 mm: 50, 100, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400 and 500 mm Other stroke length are not available, use nearest standard stroke. www.norgren.com/info/nec/en007 7 Actuators ROUNDLINE CYLINDERS RT/57100/M Single acting Ø 10 to 40 mm One fifth shorter than the basic length of a corresponding ISO/VDMA cylinder Low friction, long life seals High strength, double crimped end cap design Standard magnetic piston for full control system versatility Non-lube operation STANDARD MODELS Ø Piston rod Ø Port size Side port, integral eye mounting Sprung in 10 16 20 25 32 40 4 6 8 10 12 14 M5 M5 Rc 1/8 Rc 1/8 Rc 1/8 Rc 1/8 RT/57110/M/* RT/57116/M/* RT/57120/M/* RT/57125/M/* RT/57132/M/* RT/57140/M/* *Insert stroke length in mm. Service kits are not available for these cylinders. TECHNICAL DATA Medium: STANDARD STROKES Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated Operation: Single acting, sprung in Operating pressure: 2 to 10 bar Operating temperature: Ø 10 25 50 10 16 20 25 32 40 º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º Other strokes available. -5°C to +80°C max. Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C SWITCHES With integral cable Reed Solid state With plug-in cable Model Model Cable M/50/LSU/*V M/50/EAP/*V M/50/LSU/CP M/50/EAP/CP M/P73001/5 (5 m) M/P73001/5 (5 m) *Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52 MOUNTINGS Ø AK C F L N N2 UF Switch mounting brackets # 10 16 20 25 32 40 QM/8010/38 QM/8012/38 QM/8020/38 QM/8025/38 QM/8025/38 QM/8040/38 M/P71273/2 M/P19369 M/P19389 M/P40381 M/P19406 M/P71273/3 QM/8010/25 QM/57016/25 QM/57020/25 QM/57025/25 QM/57032/25 QM/57040/25 QM/947 QM/946 QM/8012/24 QM/57025/24 QM/8020/24 QM/57040/24 M/P71364 M/P1501/90 M/P13834 M/P13607 M/P13615 M/P29254 M/P1501/80 M/P1501/79 M/P1501/60 M/P1501/89 M/P1501/89 M/P1501/90 QM/8010/32 QM/8012/32 QM/8020/32 QM/8025/32 QM/8025/32 QM/8040/32 QM/33/010/22 QM/33/016/22 QM/33/020/22 QM/33/025/22 QM/33/032/22 QM/33/040/22 # For use with switches M/50, see page 52 8 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en008 ROUNDLINE CYLINDERS RT/57200/M Double acting Ø 8 to 63 mm STANDARD MODELS One fifth shorter than the basic length of a corresponding ISO/VDMA cylinder Low friction, long life seals High strength, double crimped end cap design Standard magnetic piston for full control system versatility Non-lube operation Ø 8 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated Operation: Double acting, buffer cushioning RT/57200/M Side port, integral eye mounting (Ø 8 to 40 mm), fixing holes in the end cover (Ø 50 and 63 mm) RT/57200/MC Central rear port (Ø 16 to 25 mm) RT/57200/MF Flat rear cover (Ø 8 to 32 mm) Port size 3 4 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 M3 M5 M5 M5 Rc 1/8 Rc 1/8 Rc 1/8 Rc 1/8 Rc 1/4 Rc 1/4 Model Side port, integral eye mounting Central rear port Flat end Side port Flat end RT/57208/M/* RT/57210/M/* RT/57212/M/* RT/57216/M/* RT/57220/M/* RT/57225/M/* RT/57232/M/* RT/57240/M/* RT/57250/M/* RT/57263/M/* – – – RT/57216/MC/* RT/57220/MC/* RT/57225/MC/* – – – – RT/57208/MF/* RT/57210/MF/* RT/57212/MF/* – RT/57220/MF/* RT/57225/MF/* RT/57232/MF/* – – – * Insert stroke length in mm. Service kits are not available for these cylinders. STANDARD STROKES Operating pressure: 1 to 10 bar Piston rod Ø Ø 10 25 40 50 80 100 8 º º º º º º 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º 125 160 200 250 320 º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º Other strokes available Operating temperature: -10°C to +80°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C SWITCHES With integral cable Reed Solid state With plug-in cable Model Model Cable M/50/LSU/*V M/50/EAP/*V M/50/LSU/CP M/50/EAP/CP M/P73001/5 (5 m) M/P73001/5 (5 m) *Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52 MOUNTINGS Ø AK C F H L N UF Piston rod lock nut 8 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 – QM/8010/38 QM/8010/38 QM/8012/38 QM/8020/38 QM/8025/38 QM/8025/38 QM/8040/38 QM/8040/38 QM/8050/38 M/P71273/1 M/P71273/2 M/P71273/2 M/P19369 M/P19389 M/P40381 M/P19406 M/P71273/3 QM/57050/21 QM/57063/21 QM/57008/25 QM/8010/25 QM/8010/25 QM/57016/25 QM/57020/25 QM/57025/25 QM/57032/25 QM/57040/25 QM/57040/25 QM/57063/25 – – – – – – – – QM/55240/28 QM/55250/28 QM/57008/24 QM/947 QM/947 QM/946 QM/8012/24 QM/57025/24 QM/8020/24 QM/57040/24 QM/57050/24 QM/57063/24 M/P71364 M/P71364 M/P71364 M/P1501/90 M/P13834 M/P13607 M/P13615 M/P29254 – – – QM/8010/32 QM/8010/32 QM/8012/32 QM/8020/32 QM/8025/32 QM/8025/32 QM/8040/32 QM/8040/32 QM/8050/32 M/P1500/111 M/P1501/80 M/P1501/80 M/P1501/79 M/P1501/60 M/P1501/89 M/P1501/89 M/P1501/90 M/P1501/90 M/P1501/91 Switch mounting brackets # – QM/33/010/22 QM/33/012/22 QM/33/016/22 QM/33/020/22 QM/33/025/22 QM/33/032/22 QM/33/040/22 QM/33/050/22 QM/33/063/22 # For use with switches M/50, see page 52 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en009 9 Actuators ROUNDLINE CYLINDERS RM/55401/M Double acting Ø 32 to 100 mm Clean line design Low friction, long life seals Standard magnetic piston for full control system versatility Non-lube operation STANDARD MODELS TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated Ø Piston rod Ø Port size Model Magnetic Service kit 32 40 50 63 80 100 12 16 20 20 25 25 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 RM/55433/M/* RM/55441/M/* RM/55451/M/* RM/55464/M/* RM/55481/M/* RM/55411/M/* QM/55433/00 QM/55441/00 QM/55451/00 QM/55464/00 QM/55481/00 QM/55411/00 * Insert stroke length in mm. Operation: STANDARD STROKES Double acting, magnetic piston, adjustable cushioning Operating pressure: 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature: -20°C to +80°C. Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Ø 25 50 80 100 125 160 200 250 300 32 40 50 63 80 100 º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º Other strokes available SWITCHES With integral cable Reed Solid state With plug-in cable Model Model Cable M/50/LSU/*V M/50/EAP/*V M/50/LSU/CP M/50/EAP/CP M/P73001/5 (5 m) M/P73001/5 (5 m) *Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52 MOUNTINGS Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 AK B, G C F H L N UF Switch mounting brackets # QM/8025/38 QM/8040/38 QM/8050/38 QM/8050/38 QM/8080/38 QM/8080/38 QM/55232/22 QM/55240/22 QM/55250/22 QM/55263/22 QM/55480/22 QM/55410/22 QM/55232/21 QM/55240/21 QM/55250/21 QM/55263/21 – – QM/8025/25 QM/8040/25 QM/8050/25 QM/8050/25 QM/8080/25 QM/8080/25 QM/55232/28 QM/55240/28 QM/55250/28 QM/55263/28 QM/55480/28 QM/55410/28 QM/55232/24 QM/55240/24 QM/55250/24 QM/55263/24 QM/55480/24 QM/55410/24 M/P29254 M/P29255 M/P29256 M/P29256 M/P34806 M/P34806 QM/8025/32 QM/8040/32 QM/8050/32 QM/8050/32 QM/8080/32 QM/8080/32 QM/33/432/22 QM/33/440/22 QM/33/450/22 QM/33/463/22 QM/33/480/22 QM/33/410/22 # For use with switches M/50, see page 52 10 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en010 HOLLOW PISTON ROD CYLINDERS VSM/55600/N2 Double acting Ø 25 and 40 mm Ideally suited for vacuum and selected liquid transfer applications through the piston rod Non-rotating and telescopic piston rod provides accurate, repeatable component orientation Non-corrosive specification Magnetic piston as standard Buffer cushioning Direct attachment of vacuum pumps and suction cups STANDARD MODELS Ø Piston rod Ø Port size Model 25 40 12 16 G1/8 G1/4 VSM/55625/N2/* VSM/55640/N2/* * Insert stroke length in mm. Non standard stroke up to 500 mm maximum available SWITCHES With integral cable TECHNICAL DATA With plug-in cable Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated and non-lubricated Operation: Reed Solid state Double acting with buffer cushioning Model Model Cable M/50/LSU/*V M/50/EAP/*V M/50/LSU/CP M/50/EAP/CP M/P73001/5 (5 m) M/P73001/5 (5 m) *Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52 Operating pressure: 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature: +80°C max. Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C MOUNTINGS Ø B, G C FH Switch mounting brackets # < 15 mm stroke Switch mounting brackets # ∫ 15 mm stroke 25 Ø M/P19409 B, G M/P19406 C QM/8020/34 H QM/33/025/23 L QM/33/025/22 Switch mounting brackets # 40 QM/55240/22 QM/55240/21 QM/55240/28 QM/55240/24 QM/33/440/22 # For use with switches M/50, see pages 52 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en011 11 Actuators COMPACT CYLINDERS RA/191000/MX,.../M; RA/193000/MX Single acting, ISO 21287 Ø 20 to 63 mm Conforms to ISO21287 Magnetic piston as standard Seals ensure low friction operation and long life Switches can be mounted flush with the profile TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated STANDARD MODELS Ø 20 25 32 40 50 63 Port size Piston rod Ø 10 10 12 16 20 20 M5 M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 Model Female thread Sprung in Sprung out Male thread Sprung in Sprung out RA/191020/MX/* RA/191025/MX/* RA/191032/MX/* RA/191040/MX/* RA/191050/MX/* RA/191063/MX/* RA/193020/MX/* RA/193025/MX/* RA/193032/MX/* RA/193040/MX/* RA/193050/MX/* RA/193063/MX/* RA/191020/M/* RA/191025/M/* RA/191032/M/* RA/191040/M/* RA/191050/M/* RA/191063/M/* RA/193020/M/* RA/193025/M/* RA/193032/M/* RA/193040/M/* RA/193050/M/* RA/193063/M/* *Insert stroke length in mm. Operating pressure: 2 to 10 bar Operating temperature: STANDARD STROKES -5°C to +80°C Ø 5 10 25 Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C 20 25 32 40 50 63 º º º º º º º º º º º º Other strokes available SWITCHES With integral cable Reed Solid state With plug-in cable Model Model Cable M/50/LSU/*V M/50/EAP/*V M/50/LSU/CP M/50/EAP/CP M/P73001/5 (5 m) M/P73001/5 (5 m) *Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52 12 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en012 MOUNTINGS Ø A B, G C D D2 FH L2 20 25 32 40 50 63 Ø – – QM/8032/35 QM/8032/35 QM/8050/35 QM/8050/35 R QA/192020/22 QA/192025/22 QA/8032/22 QA/8040/22 QA/8050/22 QA/8063/22 S QM/192020/21 QM/192025/21 QA/192032/21 QA/192040/21 QA/192050/21 QA/192063/21 SW – – QA/8032/23 QA/8040/23 QA/8050/23 QA/8063/23 UH – – QA/8032/42 QA/8040/42 QA/8050/42 QA/8063/42 UR – – QA/8032/34 QA/8040/34 QA/8050/34 QA/8063/34 US QM/8020/44 QM/8020/44 – – – – 20 25 32 40 50 63 QM/192020/27 QM/192025/27 QA/8032/27 QA/8040/27 QA/8050/27 QA/8063/27 – – QA/8032/41 QA/8040/41 QA/8040/41 QA/8063/41 – – M/P19493 M/P19494 M/P19495 M/P19496 – – PQA/182032/40 PQA/182040/40 PQA/182050/40 PQA/182063/40 – – QA/8032/33 QA/8040/33 QA/8050/33 QA/8063/33 – – M/P40310 M/P40311 M/P40312 M/P40313 For cylinders with male piston rod thread AK 20 25 32 40 50 63 QM/8020/38 QM/8020/38 QM/8025/38 QM/8025/38 QM/8040/38 QM/8040/38 F N2 UF QM/8020/25 QM/8020/25 QM/8025/25 QM/8025/25 QM/8040/25 QM/8040/25 M/P1501/60 M/P1501/60 M/P1501/89 M/P1501/89 M/P1501/90 M/P1501/90 QM/8020/32 QM/8020/32 QM/8025/32 QM/8025/32 QM/8040/32 QM/8040/32 For use with switches M/50 see page 52 13 Actuators COMPACT CYLINDERS RA/192000/MX, .../M Double acting Ø 20 to 125 mm Conforms to ISO 21287 Magnetic piston as standard Seals ensure low friction operation and long life Switches can be mounted flush with the profile TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated Operation: RA/192000/M Double acting, magnetic piston, male piston rod thread, buffer cushioning RA/192000/MX Double acting, magnetic piston, female piston rod thread, buffer cushioning Operating pressure: 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature: STANDARD MODELS Ø Piston rod Ø Port size Model Female thread Male thread 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 10 10 12 16 20 20 25 25 32 M5 M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 RA/192020/MX/* RA/192025/MX/* RA/192032/MX/* RA/192040/MX/* RA/192050/MX/* RA/192063/MX/* RA/192080/MX/* RA192100/MX/* RA/192125/MX/* RA/192020/M/* RA/192025/M/* RA/192032/M/* RA/192040/M/* RA/192050/M/* RA/192063/M/* RA/192080/M/* RA/192100/M/* RA/192125/M/* *Insert stroke length in mm. STANDARD STROKES Ø 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 100 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º -10°C to +80°C max. Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C SWITCHES With integral cable Reed Solid state With plug-in cable Model Model Cable M/50/LSU/*V M/50/EAP/*V M/50/LSU/CP M/50/EAP/CP M/P73001/5 (5 m) M/P73001/5 (5 m) *Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52 14 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en014 MOUNTINGS Ø A B, G C D D2 FH L2 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 – – QM/8032/35 QM/8032/35 QM/8050/35 QM/8050/35 QM/8080/35 QM/8080/35 QM/8125/35 QA/192020/22 QA/192025/22 QA/8032/22 QA/8040/22 QA/8050/22 QA/8063/22 QA/8080/22 QA/8100/22 QM/8125/22 QM/192020/21 QM/192025/21 QA/192032/21 QA/192040/21 QA/192050/21 QA/192063/21 QA/192080/21 QA/192100/21 QM/8125/21 – – QA/8032/23 QA/8040/23 QA/8050/23 QA/8063/23 QA/8080/23 QA/8100/23 QM/8125/23 – – QA/8032/42 QA/8040/42 QA/8050/42 QA/8063/42 QA/8080/42 QA/8100/42 QA/8125/42 – – QA/8032/34 QA/8040/34 QA/8050/34 QA/8063/34 QA/8080/34 QA/8100/34 QA/8125/34 QM/8020/44 QM/8020/44 – – – – – – – Ø R S SW UH UR US Assembly kit 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 QM/192020/27 QM/192025/27 QA/8032/27 QA/8040/27 QA/8050/27 QA/8063/27 QA/8080/27 QA/8100/27 QM/8125/27 – – QA/8032/41 QA/8040/41 QA/8040/41 QA/8063/41 QA/8063/41 QA/8100/41 QA/8100/41 – – M/P19493 M/P19494 M/P19495 M/P19496 M/P19497 M/P19498 M/P19499 – – PQA/182032/40 PQA/182040/40 PQA/182050/40 PQA/182063/40 PQA/182080/40 PQA/182100/40 PQA/182125/40 – – QA/8032/33 QA/8040/33 QA/8050/33 QA/8063/33 QA/8080/33 QA/8100/33 QM/8125/33 – – M/P40310 M/P40311 M/P40312 M/P40313 M/P40314 M/P40315 M/P71355 QA/192020/55 QA/192025/55 QA/192032/55 QA/192040/55 QA/192050/55 QA/192063/55 QA/192080/55 QA/192100/55 QA/192125/55 For cylinders with male piston rod thread Ø AK F N2 UF 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 QM/8020/38 QM/8020/38 QM/8025/38 QM/8025/38 QM/8040/38 QM/8040/38 QM/8050/38 QM/8050/38 QM/8125/38 QM/8020/25 QM/8020/25 QM/8025/25 QM/8025/25 QM/8040/25 QM/8040/25 QM/8050/25 QM/8050/25 QM/8125/25 M/P1501/60 M/P1501/60 M/P1501/89 M/P1501/89 M/P1501/90 M/P1501/90 M/P1501/91 M/P1501/91 M/P1501/105 QM/8020/32 QM/8020/32 QM/8025/32 QM/8025/32 QM/8040/32 QM/8040/32 QM/8050/32 QM/8050/32 QM/8125/32 15 Actuators SHORT STROKE CYLINDERS RM/91000/M Single acting Ø 20 to 63 mm One third the basic length of a corresponding ISO/VDMA model Low friction, long life seal design Fully non-corrodible specification Non-lube operation Standard magnetic piston for full control system versatility TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated Operation: Single acting, non-cushioned, magnetic piston sprung in Operating pressure: 2 to 10 bar Operating temperature: -10°C to +80°C. Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C STANDARD MODELS Ø Piston rod Ø Port size Model Sprung in Service kit 20 25 32 40 50 63 10 12 16 16 20 20 M5 M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 RM/91020/M/* RM/91025/M/* RM/91032/M/* RM/91040/M/* RM/91050/M/* RM/91063/M/* – – – QM/92050/00 QM/92063/00 * Insert stroke length in mm. Order magnetically operated switches separately, see page 52 STANDARD STROKES Ø 10 25 20 25 32 40 50 63 º º º º º º º º º º Other strokes available SWITCHES With integral cable Reed Solid state With plug-in cable Model Model Cable M/50/LSU/*V M/50/EAP/*V M/50/LSU/CP M/50/EAP/CP M/P73001/5 (5 m) M/P73001/5 (5 m) *Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52 To mount switches use bracket M/P72487, see table below for details. MOUNTINGS Ø B&G 20 25 32 40 50 63 QM/90020/22 QM/90025/22 QM/90032/22 QM/90040/22 QM/90050/22 QM/90063/22 C QM/90020/21 QM/90025/21 QM/90032/21 QM/90040/21 QM/90050/21 QM/90063/21 F QM/92020/25 QM/57016/25 QM/57020/25 QM/57020/25 QM/57025/25 QM/57040/25 Nut Stud/Adapter* M/P1501/109 M/P1501/79 M/P1501/60 M/P1501/60 – – M/P1710/20 M/P1710/21 M/P1710/22 M/P1710/22 M/P71470/1 M/P71470/2 Switch mounting brackets M/P72487 M/P72487 M/P72487 M/P72487 M/P72487 M/P72487 *For attaching F mounting to female piston rod thread. 16 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en016 SHORT STROKE CYLINDERS RM/92000 Double acting Ø 12 to 100 mm One third the basic length of a corresponding ISO/VDMA model Low friction, long life seal design Fully non-corrodible specification Non-lube operation Standard magnetic piston for full control system versatility TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated Operation: Double acting, magnetic piston non-cushioned Operating pressure: 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature: -10°C to +80°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C STANDARD MODELS Piston rod Ø Ø 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 Port size 6 8 10 12 16 16 20 20 25 25 M5 M5 M5 M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 Magnetic Standard Guided Service kit RM/92012/M/* RM/92016/M/* RM/92020/M/* RM/92025/M/* RM/92032/M/* RM/92040/M/* RM/92050/M/* RM/92063/M/* RM/92080/M/* RM/92100/M/* – RM/92016/N4/* – RM/92025/N4/* RM/92032/N4/* RM/92040/N4/* – – – – – QM/92050/00 QM/92063/00 QM/92080/00 QM/92100/00 * Insert stroke length in mm. STANDARD STROKES Ø 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 100 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º Other strokes available SWITCHES With integral cable Reed Solid state With plug-in cable Model Model Cable M/50/LSU/*V M/50/EAP/*V M/50/LSU/CP M/50/EAP/CP M/P73001/5 (5 m) M/P73001/5 (5 m) *Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52 To mount switches use bracket M/P72487, see table below for details. MOUNTINGS Ø 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 B&G C F Nut Stud/Adapter* QM/90012/22 QM/90016/22 QM/90020/22 QM/90025/22 QM/90032/22 QM/90040/22 QM/90050/22 QM/90063/22 QM/90080/22 QM/90100/22 QM/90012/21 QM/90016/21 QM/90020/21 QM/90025/21 QM/90032/21 QM/90040/21 QM/90050/21 QM/90063/21 QM/90080/21 QM/90100/21 QM/57008/25 QM/8010/25 QM/92020/25 QM/57016/25 QM/57020/25 QM/57020/25 QM/57025/25 QM/57040/25 QM/57063/25 QM/57063/25 M/P1500/111 M/P1501/80 M/P1501/109 M/P1501/79 M/P1501/60 M/P1501/60 – – – – M/P1710/18 M/P1710/19 M/P1710/20 M/P1710/21 M/P1710/22 M/P1710/22 M/P71470/1 M/P71470/2 M/P71470/3 M/P71470/3 Switch mounting brackets M/P72487 M/P72487 M/P72487 M/P72487 M/P72487 M/P72487 M/P72487 M/P72487 M/P72487 M/P72487 * For attaching F mounting to female piston rod thread. www.norgren.com/info/nec/en017 17 Actuators CLAMPING CYLINDERS M/50100, M/50200 Single and double acting Ø 8 to 63 mm Enable high thrusts to be achieved in restricted space Neat, clean appearance One-piece body construction TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered and lubricated STANDARD MODELS Ø Port size Piston rod Ø Model Single acting Piston rod Ø Model Double acting 8 12 20 32 50 63 M5 M5 M5 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 4 6 10 16 20 20 M/50108/* M/50112/* M/50120/* M/50132/* M/50150/* M/50163/* 4 5 10 12 16 16 M/50208/* M/50212/* M/50220/* M/50232/* M/50250/* M/50263/* * Insert stroke length in mm. Operating pressure: 2 to 10 bar (single acting) 1,5 to 10 bar (double acting) Operating temperature: -10°C to +70°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C STANDARD STROKES Ø 4 8 12 20 32 50 63 º º º 5 10 25 º º º º º º º º º Other stroke lengths are not available.. 18 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en018 ISO/VDMA PROFILE CYLINDERS PRA/181000/M Single acting Ø 32 to 100 mm STANDARD MODELS Conforms to ISO 6431, VDMA 24562 and NFE 49-003-1 Profile barrel with concealed tie rods Polyurethane seals ensure efficient low friction operation and long life Switches can be mounted flush with the profile barrel Ø Piston rod Ø Port size Model Magnetic Sprung in Service kit 32 40 50 63 80 100 12 16 20 20 25 25 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 PRA/181032/M/* PRA/181040/M/* PRA/181050/M/* PRA/181063/M/* PRA/181080/M/* PRA/181100/M/* QA/8032/00 QA/8040/00 QA/8050/00 QA/8063/00 QA/8080/00 QA/8100/00 * Insert stroke length in mm. TECHNICAL DATA STANDARD STROKES Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated Operation: magnetic piston, adjustable cushioning Operating pressure: 2 to 10 bar Ø 25 50 80 100 32 40 50 63 80 100 º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º SWITCHES Operating temperature: With integral cable -20°C to +80°C max. Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Reed Solid state With plug-in cable Model Model Cable M/50/LSU/*V M/50/EAP/*V M/50/LSU/CP M/50/EAP/CP M/P73001/5 (5 m) M/P73001/5 (5 m) *Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52 MOUNTINGS Ø A AK B, G C D D2 F FH 32 40 50 63 80 100 QM/8032/35 QM/8032/35 QM/8050/35 QM/8050/35 QM/8080/35 QM/8080/35 QM/8025/38 QM/8040/38 QM/8050/38 QM/8050/38 QM/8080/38 QM/8080/38 QA/8032/22 QA/8040/22 QA/8050/22 QA/8063/22 QA/8080/22 QA/8100/22 QA/8032/21 QA/8040/21 QA/8050/21 QA/8063/21 QA/8080/21 QA/8100/21 QA/8032/23 QA/8040/23 QA/8050/23 QA/8063/23 QA/8080/23 QA/8100/23 QA/8032/42 QA/8040/42 QA/8050/42 QA/8063/42 QA/8080/42 QA/8100/42 QM/8025/25 QM/8040/25 QM/8050/25 QM/8050/25 QM/8080/25 QM/8080/25 QA/8032/34 QA/8040/34 QA/8050/34 QA/8063/34 QA/8080/34 QA/8100/34 Ø R S SS SW UF UH UR US 32 40 50 63 80 100 QA/8032/27 QA/8040/27 QA/8050/27 QA/8063/27 QA/8080/27 QA/8100/27 QA/8032/41 QA/8040/41 QA/8040/41 QA/8063/41 QA/8063/41 QA/8100/41 M/P19931 M/P19932 M/P19933 M/P19934 M/P19935 M/P19936 M/P19493 M/P19494 M/P19495 M/P19496 M/P19497 M/P19498 QM/8025/32 QM/8040/32 QM/8050/32 QM/8050/32 QM/8080/32 QM/8080/32 PQA/182032/40 PQA/182040/40 PQA/182050/40 PQA/182063/40 PQA/182080/40 PQA/182100/40 QA/8032/33 QA/8040/33 QA/8050/33 QA/8063/33 QA/8080/33 QA/8100/33 M/P40310 M/P40311 M/P40312 M/P40313 M/P40314 M/P40315 For switches M/50 see page 52. www.norgren.com/info/nec/en019 19 Actuators ISO/VDMA PROFILE CYLINDERS PRA/182000, PRA/182000/M Double acting Ø 32 to 125 mm Conforms to ISO 6431, VDMA 24562 and NFE 49-003-1 Profile barrel with concealed tie rods High performance, stability and reliability Polyurethane seals ensure efficient low friction operation and long life Switches can be mounted flush with the profile barrel STANDARD MODELS Ø Piston rod Ø Port size Model (Magnetic) Standard Non-rotating Model (Non-magnetic) Standard Service kit Standard 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 12 16 20 20 25 25 32 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G1/2 PRA/182032/M/* PRA/182040/M/* PRA/182050/M/* PRA/182063/M/* PRA/182080/M/* PRA/182100/M/* PRA/182125/M/* PRA/182032/* PRA/182040/* PRA/182050/* PRA/182063/* PRA/182080/* PRA/182100/* PRA/182125/* QA/8032/00 QA/8040/00 QA/8050/00 QA/8063/00 QA/8080/00 QA/8100/00 QA/8125/00 PRA/182032/N2/* PRA/182040/N2/* PRA/182050/N2/* PRA/182063/N2/* – – – *Insert stroke length in mm For combinations of cylinder variants consult our Technical Service. TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated Operation: PRA/182000: Adjustable cushioning PRA/182000/M: Magnetic piston, adjustable cushioning Operating pressure: 1 to 16 bar Operating temperature: STANDARD STROKES Ø 25 50 80 100 125 160 200 250 320 400 500 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º Other strokes available -20°C to +80°C max. .Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C SWITCHES With integral cable Reed Solid state With plug-in cable Model Model Cable M/50/LSU/*V M/50/EAP/*V M/50/LSU/CP M/50/EAP/CP M/P73001/5 (5 m) M/P73001/5 (5 m) *Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52 20 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en020 MOUNTINGS Ø A AK B, G C D D2 F FH QM/8032/35 QM/8032/35 QM/8050/35 QM/8050/35 QM/8080/35 QM/8080/35 QM/8125/35 QM/8025/38 QM/8040/38 QM/8050/38 QM/8050/38 QM/8080/38 QM/8080/38 QM/8125/38 QA/8032/22 QA/8040/22 QA/8050/22 QA/8063/22 QA/8080/22 QA/8100/22 QM/8125/22 QA/8032/21 QA/8040/21 QA/8050/21 QA/8063/21 QA/8080/21 QA/8100/21 QM/8125/21 QA/8032/23 QA/8040/23 QA/8050/23 QA/8063/23 QA/8080/23 QA/8100/23 QM/8125/23 QA/8032/42 QA/8040/42 QA/8050/42 QA/8063/42 QA/8080/42 QA/8100/42 QA/8125/42 QM/8025/25 QM/8040/25 QM/8050/25 QM/8050/25 QM/8080/25 QM/8080/25 QM/8125/25 QA/8032/34 QA/8040/34 QA/8050/34 QA/8063/34 QA/8080/34 QA/8100/34 QA/8125/34 Ø R S SS SW UF UH UR US 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 QA/8032/27 QA/8040/27 QA/8050/27 QA/8063/27 QA/8080/27 QA/8100/27 QM/8125/27 QA/8032/41 QA/8040/41 QA/8040/41 QA/8063/41 QA/8063/41 QA/8100/41 QA/8100/41 M/P19931 M/P19932 M/P19933 M/P19934 M/P19935 M/P19936 M/P19937 M/P19493 M/P19494 M/P19495 M/P19496 M/P19497 M/P19498 M/P19499 QM/8025/32 QM/8040/32 QM/8050/32 QM/8050/32 QM/8080/32 QM/8080/32 QM/8125/32 PQA/182032/40 PQA/182040/40 PQA/182050/40 PQA/182063/40 PQA/182080/40 PQA/182100/40 PQA/182125/40 QA/8032/33 QA/8040/33 QA/8050/33 QA/8063/33 QA/8080/33 QA/8100/33 QM/8125/33 M/P40310 M/P40311 M/P40312 M/P40313 M/P40314 M/P40315 M/P71355 Ø Guide block Guide block 32 40 50 63 80 100 QA/8032/51/* QA/8040/51/* QA/8050/51/* QA/8063/51/* QA/8080/51/* QA/8100/51/* QA/8032/61/* QA/8040/61/* QA/8050/61/* QA/8063/61/* QA/8080/61/* QA/8100/61/* 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 * Insert stroke length in mm from table below. For M/50 switches see page 52 STANDARD STROKES Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 50 º º º º º º 100 º º º º º º 160 º º º º º º 200 º º º º º º 250 º º º º º º 320 º º º º º º 400 º º º º º º 500 º º º º º º Other stroke lengths are not available, use nearest standard stroke. Maximum stroke 500 mm. 21 Actuators CYLINDERS WITH PISTON ROD LOCKING UNITS (ISO/VDMA/NFE) PRA/182000/L2, PRA/182000/L4 Double acting Ø 32 to 125 mm Passive Magnetic and non-magnetic piston conforms to ISO 6431, VDMA 24562 and NFE 49-003-1 Secure locking of piston rod in any position Passive locking models Compact, maintenance-free design TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 Model Profile cylinder Magnetic Non-magnetic PRA/182032/L4/* PRA/182040/L4/* PRA/182050/L4/* PRA/182063/L4/* PRA/182080/L4/* PRA/182100/L4/* PRA/182125/L4/* PRA/182032/L2/* PRA/182040/L2/* PRA/182050/L2/* PRA/182063/L2/* PRA/182080/L2/* PRA/182100/L2/* PRA/182125/L2/* Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 Model Locking unit (passive) Spare cartridge only (passive) QA/8032/59 QA/8040/59 QA/8050/59 QA/8063/59 QA/8080/59 QA/8100/59 QA/8125/59 QA/8032/63 QA/8040/63 QA/8050/63 QA/8063/63 QA/8100/63 QA/8100/63 – Locking unit includes cartridge For all applications please consult our Technical Service. * Insert stroke length in mm. For details of mountings see page 21 Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated Operation: Passive model – pressure applied to release SWITCHES With integral cable Operating pressure: With plug-in cable 4,5 to 10 bar Operating temperature: 0°C to +80°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Reed Solid state Model Model Cable M/50/LSU/*V M/50/EAP/*V M/50/LSU/CP M/50/EAP/CP M/P73001/5 (5 m) M/P73001/5 (5 m) *Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52 22 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en022 SMOOTH LINE CYLINDER PVA/182000, PVA/182000/MI Double acting Ø 32 to 100 mm Smooth and spherical profile design with concealed tie rods Special polyurethane wiper seal Body sealing conforms to EN 1672-2 Corrosion resistant design, accepted in the food industry Electrical connection with M12connector Adjustable end position sensing integrated TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated Operation: Double acting, with or without integrated switches, adjustable cushioning Operating pressure: 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature: -20°C to +80°C max. Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C www.norgren.com/info/nec/en023 STANDARD MODELS Ø Piston rod Ø Port size Model Non-magnetic Magnetic 32 40 50 63 80 100 10 12 12 16 16 20 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 PVA/182032/* PVA/182040/* PVA/182050/* PVA/182063/* PVA/182080/* PVA/182100/* PVA/182032/MI#/* PVA/182040/MI#/* PVA/182050/MI#/* PVA/182063/MI#/* PVA/182080/MI#/* PVA/182100/MI#/* * Insert stroke length in mm. # Insert switch position as follows: 1 = Fixed end position, reed, M/50/LSU 2 = Fixed end position, solid state, M/50/EAP 3 = Adustable end position, reed, M/50/LSU 4 = Adjustable end position, solid state, M/50/EAP MOUNTINGS (Corrosion protected) Ø B, G C 32 40 50 63 80 100 PVQA/8032/22 PVQA/8040/22 PVQA/8050/22 PVQA/8063/22 PVQA/8080/22 PVQA/8100/22 KQA/8032/21 KQA/8040/21 KQA/8050/21 KQA/8063/21 KQA/8080/21 KQA/8100/21 Ø SS SW 32 40 50 63 80 100 M/P40465 M/P40466 M/P40467 M/P40468 M/P40469 M/P40470 M/P40459 M/P40460 M/P40461 M/P40462 M/P40463 M/P40464 D PVQA/8032/23 PVQA/8040/23 PVQA/8050/23 PVQA/8063/23 PVQA/8080/23 PVQA/8100/23 UF PVQM/8032/32 PVQM/8040/32 PVQM/8050/32 PVQM/8050/32 PVQM/8080/32 PVQM/8080/32 F R PVQM/8032/25 PVQM/8040/25 PVQM/8050/25 PVQM/8063/25 PVQM/8080/25 PVQM/8080/25 PVQA/8032/27 PVQA/8040/27 PVQA/8050/27 PVQA/8063/27 PVQA/8080/27 PVQA/8100/27 UR PVQA/8032/33 PVQA/8040/33 PVQA/8050/33 PVQA/8063/33 PVQA/8080/33 PVQA/8100/33 23 Actuators ISO/VDMA CYLINDERS RA/8000, RA/8000/M Double acting Ø 32 to 320 mm Conforms to ISO 6431, VDMA 24562 and NFE 49-003-1 High performance, ruggedness and reliability Extensive range of mountings TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated Operation: RA/8000 double acting, adjustable cushioning RA/8000/M double acting, magnetic piston, adjustable cushioning Operating pressure: 1 to 16 bar (1 to 10 bar for Ø 250 and 320 mm) Operating temperature: -20°C to +80°C max. Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C STANDARD MODELS Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200 250 320 Piston rod Ø Port size Model Non-magnetic Magnetic 12 16 20 20 25 25 32 40 40 50 63 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G1 G1 RA/8032/* RA/8040/* RA/8050/* RA/8063/* RA/8080/* RA/8100/* RA/8125/* RA/8160/* RA/8200/* RA/8250/* RA/8320/* RA/8032/M/* RA/8040/M/* RA/8050/M/* RA/8063/M/* RA/8080/M/* RA/8100/M/* RA/8125/M/* RA/8160/M/* RA/8200/M/* RA/8250/M/* RA/8320/M/* Service kit QA/8032/00 QA/8040/00 QA/8050/00 QA/8063/00 QA/8080/00 QA/8100/00 QA/8125/00 QA/8160/00 QA/8200/00 QA/8250/00 QA/8320/00 * Insert stroke length in mm. STANDARD STROKES Ø 25 50 80 100 125 160 200 250 320 400 500 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200 250 320 º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º Other strokes available SWITCHES With integral cable Reed Solid state With plug-in cable Model Model Cable M/50/LSU/*V M/50/EAP/*V M/50/LSU/CP M/50/EAP/CP M/P73001/5 (5 m) M/P73001/5 (5 m) *Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52 For alternative switches QM/32 and QM/132 see page 53 24 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en024 MOUNTINGS Ø A AK B, G 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200 250 320 QM/8032/35 QM/8032/35 QM/8050/35 QM/8050/35 QM/8080/35 QM/8080/35 QM/8125/35 QM/8160/35 QM/8160/35 QM/8250/35 QM/8320/35 QM/8025/38 QM/8040/38 QM/8050/38 QM/8050/38 QM/8080/38 QM/8080/38 QM/8125/38 QM/8160/38 QM/8160/38 – – QA/8032/22 QA/8040/22 QA/8050/22 QA/8063/22 QA/8080/22 QA/8100/22 QM/8125/22 QM/8160/22 QM/8200/22 QM/8250/22 QM/8320/22 Ø R 32 40 50 63 80 100 12 160 200 250 320 QA/8032/27 QA/8040/27 QA/8050/27 QA/8063/27 QA/8080/27 QA/8100/27 QM/8125/27 QM/8160/27 QM/8200/27 – – Ø Guide block Guide block Switch mounting brackets # 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200 250 320 QA/8032/51/* QA/8040/51/* QA/8050/51/* QA/8063/51/* QA/8080/51/* QA/8100/51/* – – – – – QA/8032/61/* QA/8040/61/* QA/8050/61/* QA/8063/61/* QA/8080/61/* QA/8100/61/* – – – – – QM/27/2/1 QM/27/2/1 QM/27/2/1 QM/27/2/1 QM/27/2/1 QM/27/2/1 QM/27/2/1 – – – – S SS QA/8032/41 QA/8040/41 QA/8040/41 QA/8063/41 QA/8063/41 QA/8100/41 QA/8100/41 QM/8160/41 QM/8160/41 – – M/P19931 M/P19932 M/P19933 M/P19934 M/P19935 M/P19936 M/P19937 M/P19938 M/P19939 – – C QA/8032/21 QA/8040/21 QA/8050/21 QA/8063/21 QA/8080/21 QA/8100/21 QM/8125/21 QM/8160/21 QM/8200/21 QM/8250/21 QM/8320/21 SW M/P19493 M/P19494 M/P19495 M/P19496 M/P19497 M/P19498 M/P19499 M/P19679 M/P19683 M/P19446 M/P19447 D QA/8032/23 QA/8040/23 QA/8050/23 QA/8063/23 QA/8080/23 QA/8100/23 QM/8125/23 QM/8160/23 QM/8200/23 QM/8250/23 QM/8320/23 UF QM/8025/32 QM/8040/32 QM/8050/32 QM/8050/32 QM/8080/32 QM/8080/32 QM/8125/32 QM/8160/32 QM/8160/32 QM/8250/32 QM/8320/32 D2 QA/8032/42 QA/8040/42 QA/8050/42 QA/8063/42 QA/8080/42 QA/8100/42 QA/8125/42 QA/8160/42 QA/8200/42 – – UH QA/8032/40 QA/8040/40 QA/8050/40 QA/8063/40 QA/8080/40 QA/8100/40 QA/8125/40 QA/8160/40 QA/8200/40 – – F QM/8025/25 QM/8040/25 QM/8050/25 QM/8050/25 QM/8080/25 QM/8080/25 QM/8125/25 QM/8160/25 QM/8160/25 QM/8250/25 QM/8320/25 UR QA/8032/33 QA/8040/33 QA/8050/33 QA/8063/33 QA/8080/33 QA/8100/33 QM/8125/33 QM/8160/33 QM/8200/33 – – FH QA/8032/34 QA/8040/34 QA/8050/34 QA/8063/34 QA/8080/34 QA/8100/34 QA/8125/34 – – – – US M/P40310 M/P40311 M/P40312 M/P40313 M/P40314 M/P40315 M/P71355 M/P71356 M/P71357 –– –– # For use with switches M/50, see page 52 * Insert stroke length in mm from table below. STANDARD STROKES Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 50 º º º º º º 100 º º º º º º 160 º º º º º º 200 º º º º º º 250 º º º º º º 320 º º º º º º 400 º º º º º º 500 º º º º º º Other stroke lengths are not available, use nearest standard stroke. Maximum stroke 500 mm. 25 Actuators LINTRA® - COMPACT RODLESS CYLINDERS M/44000/M Double acting Ø 25 to 40 mm New compact, space-saving design Proven sealing system Integral switch mounting Adjustable cushioning Magnetic piston as standard STANDARD MODELS Ø Port size Model 25 32 40 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 M/44025/M/* M/44032/M/* M/44040/M/* * Insert stroke length in mm. Maximum 5000 mm TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated SWITCHES With integral cable Operation: With plug-in cable Double acting Magnetic piston Operating pressure: 1 to 8 bar Operating temperature: -30°C to +80°C max. Reed Solid state Model Model Cable M/50/LSU/*V M/50/EAP/*V M/50/LSU/CP M/50/EAP/CP M/P73001/5 (5 m) M/P73001/5 (5 m) *Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52 Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C MOUNTINGS Ø 25 32 40 26 C QM/44025/21 QM/44032/21 QM/44040/21 V Q44025AAAAAM332 Q44032AAAAAM332 Q44040AAAAAM332 Switch mounting brackets S Q44025AAAAAM337 Q44032AAAAAM337 Q44040AAAAAM337 M/P72487 M/P72487 M/P72487 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en026 LINTRA-LITE® RODLESS CYLINDERS A44000 Double acting Ø 25 to 40 mm New compact, space-saving design Proven sealing system Integral switch mounting Buffer or adjustable cushioning Standard foot mountings TECHNICAL DATA STANDARD MODELS Ø 25 32 40 Model Non-magnetic Buffer cushion Adjustable cushion Magnetic Buffer cushion Adjustable cushion A44025AAAAA* A44032AAAAA* A44040AAAAA* A44025AACAA* A44032AACAA* A44040AACAA* A44025AABAA* A44032AABAA* A44040AABAA* A44025AADAA* A44032AADAA* A44040AADAA* * Insert stroke length in mm. Order magnetically operated switches separately, see page 52 Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated Operation: SWITCHES With integral cable Double acting, buffer or adjustable cushioning, magnetic or non-magnetic piston With plug-in cable Operating pressure: 1 to 8 bar Operating temperature: -30°C to +80°C max. Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Reed Solid state Model Model Cable M/50/LSU/*V M/50/EAP/*V M/50/LSU/CP M/50/EAP/CP M/P73001/5 (5 m) M/P73001/5 (5 m) *Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52 To mount switches use bracket M/P72487, see table below for details. Strokes: Made to order maximum 5500 mm www.norgren.com/info/nec/en027 MOUNTINGS Ø S V Switch mounting brackets 25 32 40 Q44025AAAAAM337 Q44032AAAAAM337 Q44040AAAAAM337 Q44025AAAAAM332 Q44032AAAAAM332 Q44040AAAAAM332 M/P72487 M/P72487 M/P72487 27 Actuators LINTRA® RODLESS CYLINDERS M/46000, .../M, M/46100, .../M, M/46200, .../M Internal, external and precision roller guided Double acting Ø 16 to 80 mm Well proven, long life sealing technology Lightweight design extrusion with integral switch mounting slots Capable of withstanding large bending moments and lateral forces Non-lube operation TECHNICAL DATA STANDARD MODELS Ø 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 Port size Internal guide Non-magnetic Precision roller guide Non-magnetic Magnetic External guide Non-magnetic Magnetic Service kit Magnetic M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/2 M/46016/* M/46020/* M/46025/* M/46032/* M/46040/* M/46050/* M/46063/* M/46080/* M/46016/M/* M/46020/M/* M/46025/M/* M/46032/M/* M/46040/M/* M/46050/M/* M/46063/M/* M/46080/M/* – – – M/46232/* M/46240/* – – – M/46116/* M/46120/* M/46125/* M/46132/* M/46140/* M/46150/* M/46163/* M/46180/* QM/46116/00 QM/46120/00 QM/46125/00 QM/46132/00 QM/46140/00 QM/46150/00 QM/46163/00 QM/46180/00 Medium: * Insert stroke length in mm. Compressed air, filtered and lubricated or non-lubricated Order seal and cover strip separately. Operation: M/46000, M/46100, M/46200 Double acting, adjustable cushioning, non-magnetic piston M/46000/M, M/46100/M, M/46200/M Double acting, adjustable cushioning, magnetic piston Operating pressure: 1 to 10 bar (1,5 to 10 bar for Ø 16 mm) – – M/46225/M/* M/46232/M/* M/46240/M/* M/46250/M/* M/46263/M/* – M/46116/M/* M/46120/M/* M/46125/M/* M/46132/M/* M/46140/M/* M/46150/M/* M/46163/M/* M/46180/M/* SWITCHES With integral cable Reed Solid state With plug-in cable Model Model Cable M/50/LSU/*V M/50/EAP/*V M/50/LSU/CP M/50/EAP/CP M/P73001/5 (5 m) M/P73001/5 (5 m) *Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52 Operating temperature: -30°C to +80°C. Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Strokes: Made to order Ø 16 to 40 mm: 8500 mm max Ø 50 and 63 mm: 7000 mm max Ø 80: 5500 mm max MOUNTINGS Ø C S* 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 QM/46016/21 QM/46020/21 QM/46025/21 QM/46032/21 QM/46040/21 QM/46050/21 QM/46063/21 QM/46080/21 QM/46016/37 QM/46020/37 QM/46025/37 QM/46032/37 QM/46032/37 QM/46050/37 QM/46050/37 QM/46080/37 UV* QM/46016/34 QM/46020/34 QM/46025/34 QM/46032/34 QM/46040/34 QM/46050/34 QM/46063/34 QM/46080/34 V QM/46016/32 QM/46020/32 QM/46025/32 QM/46032/32 QM/46040/32 QM/46050/32 QM/46063/32 QM/46080/32 W** UW ** QM/46116/35 QM/46120/35 QM/46125/35 QM/46132/35 QM/46140/35 QM/46150/35 QM/46163/35 QM/46180/35 – QM/46120/36 QM/46125/36 QM/46132/36 QM/46140/36 QM/46150/36 QM/46163/36 – * Suitable for internally guided models only, ** Suitable for external guided models only.. 28 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en028 COMPACT PRECISION LINEAR SLIDE TABLES M/261000/M Double acting Ø 6 to 16 mm Ideal for applications demanding precise movement within a confined space Light weight Magnetic switching for positional feedback Excellent service life TECHNICAL DATA Medium: STANDARD MODELS Ø Port size Model (Magnetic) Stroke adjustment (rubber stops) 6 8 10 12 16 M3 M5 M5 M5 M5 M/261006/IR5/IP/* M/261008/MR6/IP/* M/261010/MR6/IP/* M/261012/MR6/IP/* M/261016/MR6/IP/* * Insert stroke length in mm. Ø 6 mm - non-magnetic only. Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or nonlubricated Operation: Double acting precision slide table with linear guide Operating pressure: 1,5 to 7 bar Operating temperature: +5°C to +60°C STANDARD STROKES Ø 5 10 6 8 10 12 16 º º º º 15 20 25 30 º º º º º º Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Speed: 120 cycles/min. maximum 45 cycles/min. maximum for Ø 8, 10 and 12 mm models with shock absorbers 60 cycles/min. maximum for Ø 16 mm models with shock absorbers SWITCHES WITH LED INDICATION Reed In-line cable Reed 90° cable Solid state In-line cable Solid state 90° cable M/369/LSU/1 M/369/LSU/3 M/370/LSU/1 M/370/LSU/3 M/418/EAU/1 M/418/EAU/3 M/420/EAN/1 M/420/EAN/3 M/419/EAU/1 M/419/EAU/3 M/421/EAN/1 M/421/EAN/3 ACCESSORIES Ø (mm) Switch rail Magnet (with fixing screws) 6 8 10 12 16 – M/P73428/1/* M/P73428/2/* M/P73428/3/* M/P73428/4/* – M/P73431/5 M/P73431/4 M/P73431/4 M/P73431/4 * Insert stroke length (10, 15, 20, 25, or 30 mm) www.norgren.com/info/nec/en029 29 Actuators PRECISION LINEAR SLIDE TABLES M/261100/M Double acting Ø 10 and 12 mm Ideal for applications demanding precise movement Light weight Magnetic switching for positional feedback Excellent service life STANDARD MODELS Ø Port size Model (Magnetic) Stroke adjustment (rubber stops) 10 12 M5 M5 M/261110/MR6/IP/* M/261112/MR6/IP/* * Insert stroke length in mm. TECHNICAL DATA STANDARD STROKES Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or nonlubricated Operation: Ø 15 10 12 º 20 30 45 60 º º º º º º Double acting precision slide table with external guide Operating pressure: 1,5 to 7 bar (2 to 7 bar for models with shock absorbers) SWITCHES WITH LED INDICATION Operating temperature: Reed In-line cable Reed 90° cable Solid state In-line cable Solid state 90° cable M/369/LSU/1 M/369/LSU/3 M/370/LSU/1 M/370/LSU/3 M/418/EAU/1 M/418/EAU/3 M/420/EAN/1 M/420/EAN/3 M/419/EAU/1 M/419/EAU/3 M/421/EAN/1 M/421/EAN/3 +5°C to +60°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Speed: 400 mm/s maximum ACCESSORIES Ø 10 12 Push side stroke adjustment assembly (rubber stop) Standard Symmetric QM/261110/I8/* QM/261112/I8/* QM/261110/S8/* QM/261112/S8/* Switch rail Standard M/P73430/2/* M/P73430/3/* Symmetric M/P73429/2/* M/P73429/3/* Push and pull side stroke adjustment assembly (shock absorber) QM/261110/4/* QM/261112/4/* Shock absorber M/P73454/1 M/P73454/1 Magnet M/P73431/3 M/P73431/3 * Insert standard stroke length (Ø 10 mm: 15, 30 and 45 mm; Ø 12 mm: 20, 30, 45 and 60 mm) 30 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en030 LOW PROFILE LINEAR SLIDE TABLES M/261200/M Double acting Ø 8 to 20 mm Slim but robust construction make these units ideal for moving relatively heavy loads within a confined space Light weight Magnetic switching for positional feedback Excellent service life STANDARD MODELS Ø Port size Model (Magnetic) Stroke adjustment (rubber stops) 8 10 15 20 M5 M5 M5 M5 M/261208/MR/I/** M/261210/MR/I/** M/261215/MR/I/** M/261220/MR/I/** * Insert stroke length in mm. TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated Operation: Double acting with linear guide Operating pressure: STANDARD STROKES Ø 30 45 60 80 100 8 10 15 20 º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º 2 to 7 bar Operating temperature: +5°C to +60°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C SWITCHES WITH LED INDICATION Speed: 300 mm/s maximum www.norgren.com/info/nec/en031 Reed In-line cable Reed 90° cable Solid state In-line cable Solid state 90° cable M/369/LSU/1 M/369/LSU/3 M/370/LSU/1 M/370/LSU/3 M/418/EAU/1 M/418/EAU/3 M/420/EAN/1 M/420/EAN/3 M/419/EAU/1 M/419/EAU/3 M/421/EAN/1 M/421/EAN/3 31 Actuators COMPACT LINEAR SLIDE TABLES M/261300/M Double acting Ø 10 & 16 mm Short, smooth, low friction movement within a set envelope make these units ideal for many applications such as clamping and positioning Light weight Magnetic switching for positional feedback Excellent service life STANDARD MODELS TECHNICAL DATA STANDARD STROKES Ø Port size Model (Magnetic) Stroke adjustment (rubber stops) Service kit 10 16 M5 M5 M/261310/MR6/IP/* M/261316/MR6/IP/* QM/261310/00 QM/261316/00 * Insert stroke length in mm. Medium: Ø 10 20 30 Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or nonlubricated 10 16 º º º º º º Operation: Double acting compact slide table with external guide Operating pressure: 1 to 7 bar Operating temperature: SWITCHES WITH LED INDICATION Reed In-line cable Reed 90° cable Solid state In-line cable Solid state 90° cable M/369/LSU/1 M/369/LSU/3 M/370/LSU/1 M/370/LSU/3 M/418/EAU/1 M/418/EAU/3 M/420/EAN/1 M/420/EAN/3 M/419/EAU/1 M/419/EAU/3 M/421/EAN/1 M/421/EAN/3 +5°C to +60°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Speed: 400 mm/s maximum (10 or 20 mm stroke) 350 mm/s maximum (30 mm stroke) ACCESSORIES Ø (mm) 10 16 32 Shock absorber M/P73454/1 M/P73454/2 Magnet M/P73431/1 M/P73431/1 Switch rail 10 mm stroke 20 mm stroke 30 mm stroke M/P73427/3 M/P73427/6 M/P73427/4 M/P73427/7 M/P73427/5 M/P73427/8 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en032 SYNCHRONOUS LINEAR SLIDE TABLES M/261400/M Double acting Ø 6 mm Precise synchronous slide table movement makes these units ideal for use as escapements or grippers Compact envelope dimensions High cycle rate – 120 cycles/minute Light weight Magnetic switching for positional feedback Excellent service life STANDARD MODELS Ø Port size Model (Magnetic) Service kit 6 M3 M/261406/MR1/I/* QM/261406/00 * Insert stroke length in mm. STANDARD STROKES Ø 5 10 6 º º TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or nonlubricated Operation: Double acting with synchronous slide table movement SWITCHES WITH LED INDICATION Reed In-line cable Reed 90° cable Solid state In-line cable Solid state 90° cable M/369/LSU/1 M/369/LSU/3 M/370/LSU/1 M/370/LSU/3 M/418/EAU/1 M/418/EAU/3 M/420/EAN/1 M/420/EAN/3 M/419/EAU/1 M/419/EAU/3 M/421/EAN/1 M/421/EAN/3 Operating pressure: 3 to 7 bar Operating temperature: +5°C to +60°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Speed: 120 cycles/minute maximum ACCESSORIES www.norgren.com/info/nec/en033 Stroke Mounting bracket with fixing bolts Magnet (with fixing screws) Switch rail 5 10 QM/261406/5/22 QM/261406/10/22 M/P73431/2 M/P73431/2 M/P73427/1 M/P73427/2 33 Actuators SLIDE UNITS M/60100/M Double acting Ø 10 to 40 mm High quality sliding bearings ensure long durable life and high guidance performance Double piston rod provides high bending and torsional rigidity Magnetic piston as standard – reduces costs and provides easy installation TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated Operation: Double acting with magnetic piston and buffer cushioning Operating pressure: STANDARD MODELS Ø Port size Model Service kit 10 16 25 32 40 M5 M5 M5 G1/8 G1/8 M/60111/M/* M/60116/M/* M/60125/M/* M/60132/M/* M/60140/M/* QM/60111/M/00 QM/60116/M/00 QM/60125/M/00 QM/60132/M/00 QM/60140/M/00 * Insert stroke length in mm STANDARD STROKES Ø 25 50 75 10 16 25 32 40 º º º º º º º º º 100 125 150 175 200 º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º Other stroke lengths are not available 1 to 8 bar Operating temperature: 0°C to +80°C. Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C SWITCHES With integral cable Reed Solid state With plug-in cable Model Model Cable M/50/LSU/*V M/50/EAP/*V M/50/LSU/CP M/50/EAP/CP M/P73001/5 (5 m) M/P73001/5 (5 m) To mount switches use bracket M/P72487 *Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52 34 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en034 GUIDING AND STOPPER CYLINDER M/61000, M/61000/MR Double acting Ø 32 to 100 mm Guiding accuracy ± 0,02 mm Non-rotation accuracy ± 0,02° Integrated strong guide rods Variant with 4 ball bearings for precision linear guiding Variant with 4 plain bearings to absorb high side loads Easy installation Magnetic piston as standard Buffer pad for noise reduction TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated Operating pressure: 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature: -10°C to +80 °C STANDARD MODELS Ø Piston rod Ø Port size 32 40 50 63 80 20 20 25 25 30 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 Model Plain bearings M/61032/M/* M/61040/M/* M/61050/M/* M/61063/M/* M/61080/M/* Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 Piston rod Ø Port size 16 16 20 25 25 30 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 Model Ball bearings M/61032/MR/* M/61040/MR/* M/61050/MR/* M/61063/MR/* M/61080/MR/* M/610100/MR/* * Insert stroke length in mm STANDARD STROKES Ø 25 50 75 100 32 40 50 63 80 100 º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º Other strokes available Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C SWITCHES With integral cable Reed Solid state With plug-in cable Model Model Cable M/50/LSU/*V M/50/EAP/*V M/50/LSU/CP M/50/EAP/CP M/P73001/5 (5 m) M/P73001/5 (5 m) *Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en035 35 Actuators SLIDE TABLES M/61200/M, M/61200/MR Double acting Ø 16 to 32 mm M/61200/M: Slide table with adjustable guide M/61200/MR: Slide table with precision linear ball bearing Stroke adjustable at each endposition High repeatability Compact design STANDARD MODELS Ø Port size 16 20 25 32 M5 M5 M5 G1/8 Model Adjustable guide M/61216/M/* M/61220/M/* M/61225/M/* M/61232/M/* Precision linear ball bearings M/61216/MR/* M/61220/MR/* M/61225/MR/* M/61232/MR/* * Insert stroke length in mm TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated Operation: M/61200/M Double acting with adjustable guide M/61200/MR Double acting with precision linear ball bearing Operating pressure: 1 to 10 bar STANDARD STROKES Ø 25 50 75 100 16 20 25 32 º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º º Other strokes available SWITCHES With integral cable Operating temperature: With plug-in cable 0°C to +80 °C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Reed Solid state Model Model Cable M/50/LSU/*V M/50/EAP/*V M/50/LSU/CP M/50/EAP/CP M/P73001/5 (5 m) M/P73001/5 (5 m) *Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52 36 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en036 ANGULAR GRIPPERS M/160300/M/11, M/160300/M/12 Single acting, double acting Magnetic piston Ø 8 to 25 mm Smooth, accurate movement Long, uninterrupted service life Low weight Compact size Integral magnets for positional feedback TECHNICAL DATA STANDARD MODELS Ø Port size Effective gripping force (N) at 5 bar* Model Opening Closing Single acting Effective gripping force (N) at 5 bar* Model Opening Closing Double acting 8 10 16 20 25 M3 x 0,5 M3 x 0,5 M5 x 0,8 M5 x 0,8 M5 x 0,8 0,6 1,0 2,8 6 10 2,6 3,8 17,0 32,0 62,0 1,0 1,4 10 18 38 M/160305/M/11 M/160306/M/11 M/160307/M/11 M/160308/M/11 M/160309/M/11 1,6 2,5 12,8 24,0 48,0 M/160305/M/12 M/160306/M/12 M/160307/M/12 M/160308/M/12 M/160309/M/12 * Grip point L = 30 mm Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated Operation: SWITCHES WITH LED INDICATION Single acting, angular, magnetic piston (M/160300/M/11) Double acting angular, magnetic piston (M160300/M/12) With integral cable 90° cable Operating pressure: 2 to 7 bar (Ø 8 mm 3,6 to 7 bar Ø 10 mm 3 to 7 bar) Operating temperature: 0°C to +60°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Mounting: Mounting holes on three faces Type Cable length Model 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 1m 3m 1m 3m 1m 3m 1m 3m M/344/EAU/1PV M/344/EAU/3PV Model M/344/EAU/1APV M/344/EAU/3APV M/344/EAN/1PV M/344/EAN/3PV M/344/EAN/1APV M/344/EAN/3APV For details see page 54. www.norgren.com/info/nec/en037 37 Actuators 180° ANGULAR GRIPPERS M/160330/M/12 Double acting Magnetic piston Ø 16 to 20 mm Smooth, accurate movement Long, uninterrupted service life Low weight Compact size Integral magnets for positional feedback TECHNICAL DATA Medium: STANDARD MODELS Ø 16 20 Port size Effective gripping force (N) at 5 bar * Closing Opening M5 x 0,8 M5 x 0,8 64 134 55 113 Model M/160335/M/12 M/160336/M/12 * Example - calculating the effective closing gripping force (N) at 5 bar for the M/160335/M/12 Establish the approximate grip point in cm (not mm), example 4 cm Calculation = 55 / L = 55 / 4 Effective closing gripping force = 13,75N. Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated Operation: Double acting, angular, magnetic piston SWITCHES WITH LED INDICATION With integral cable 90° cable Model Operating pressure: 1 to 7 bar Operating temperature: 0°C to +60°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Mounting: Mounting holes on three surfaces Type Cable length Model 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 1m 3m 1m 3m 1m 3m 1m 3m M/344/EAU/1PV M/344/EAU/3PV M/344/EAU/1APV M/344/EAU/3APV M/344/EAN/1PV M/344/EAN/3PV M/344/EAN/1APV M/344/EAN/3APV For details see page 54. 38 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en038 PARALLEL GRIPPERS M/160340/M/11, M/160340/M/12 Single acting, double acting Magnetic piston Ø 10 to 25 mm Ideal for general purpose gripping applications Smooth, accurate movement Long, uninterrupted service life Low weight Compact size Integral magnets for positional feedback TECHNICAL DATA Medium: STANDARD MODELS Ø Port size Effective gripping force (N) at 5 bar* Model Closing Single acting Opening Effective gripping force (N) at 5 bar* Model Double acting Opening Closing 10 16 20 25 M3 x 0,5 M5 x 0,8 M5 x 0,8 M5 x 0,8 2 3,9 6,9 13,7 14,6 34,0 60,9 87 4,9 21 36,4 54 M/160343/M/11 M/160344/M/11 M/160345/M/11 M/160346/M/11 9,4 25,5 45,7 67 M/160343/M/12 M/160344/M/12 M/160345/M/12 M/160346/M/12 * Grip point L = 30 mm SWITCHES WITH LED INDICATION Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated With integral cable 90° cable Model Operation: Single acting, parallel, magnetic piston (M/160340/M/11) Double acting, parallel, magnetic piston (M/160340/M/12) Operating pressure: 2,5 to 7 bar (Ø 10 mm 3,5 to 7 bar) M/160340/M/12: 1 to 7 bar (Ø 10 mm 1,8 to 7 bar Ø 16 mm 1,2 to 7 bar) Type Cable length Model 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 1m 3m 1m 3m 1m 3m 1m 3m M/344/EAU/1PV M/344/EAU/3PV M/344/EAU/1APV M/344/EAU/3APV M/344/EAN/1PV M/344/EAN/3PV M/344/EAN/1APV M/344/EAN/3APV For details see page 54. Operating temperature: 0°C to +60°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Mounting: Mounting holes on three faces Gripping repeatability: +/- 0,01 mm www.norgren.com/info/nec/en039 39 Actuators PARALLEL GRIPPERS - PRECISION M/160350/M/11, M/160350/M/12 Single acting, double acting Magnetic piston Ø 8 to 50 mm Ideal for applications demanding accuracy and precise repeatability Smooth, accurate movement Long, uninterrupted service life Low weight Compact size Integral magnets for positional feedback STANDARD MODELS Ø Port size Effective gripping force Minimum (N) at 5 bar* operating pressure (bar) Closing Opening Model Single acting Effective gripping force Minimum Model (N) at 5 bar* operating Double acting pressure (bar) Opening Closing 8 10 16 20 32 50 M3 x 0,5 M3 x 0,5 M5 x 0,8 M5 x 0,8 M5 x 0,8 Rc1/8 2,7 2,4 5,4 7,3 – – M/160354/M/11 M/160355/M/11 M/160356/M/11 M/160357/M/11 – – 9,9 15 39 60 176 414 4,1 6,8 20,0 34,0 – – 4,0 3,5 2,5 2,5 – – 5,8 9,4 26 45 157 347 2,2 2,0 1,2 1,0 1,0 1,0 M/160354/M/12 M/160355/M/12 M/160356/M/12 M/160357/M/12 M/160358/M/12 M/160359/M/12 * Grip point L = 30 mm TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated SWITCHES WITH LED INDICATION With integral cable 90° cable Operation: Single acting, parallel, magnetic piston (M/160350/M/11) Double acting, parallel, magnetic piston (M/160350/M/12) Operating pressure: 7 bar maximum Operating temperature: +0°C to +60°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Mounting: Type Cable length Model 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 1m 3m 1m 3m 1m 3m 1m 3m M/344/EAU/1PV M/344/EAU/3PV Model M/344/EAU/1APV M/344/EAU/3APV M/344/EAN/1PV M/344/EAN/3PV M/344/EAN/1APV M/344/EAN/3APV For details see page 54. Mounting holes on three faces Gripping repeatability: +/- 0,01 mm Accuracy to centre: +/- 0,07 mm 40 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en040 PARALLEL GRIPPERS - LOW PROFILE M/160360/M/12 Double acting Magnetic piston Ø 8 to 12 mm Ideal for applications where operating space is restricted Smooth, accurate movement Long, uninterrupted service life Low weight Compact size Integral magnets for positional feedback STANDARD MODELS Ø Port size Effective gripping force (N) at 5 bar* Opening Closing Model 8 12 M3 x 0,5 M5 x 0,8 16,7 44 M/160364/M/12 M/160365/M/12 16,7 44 * Grip point L = 30 mm TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated SWITCHES WITH LED INDICATION With integral cable 90° cable Operating pressure: M/160364/M/12: 2 to 7 bar M/160365/M/12: 1,5 to 7 bar Operating temperature: Type Cable length Model 0°C to +60°C 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 1m 3m 1m 3m 1m 3m 1m 3m M/344/EAU/1PV M/344/EAU/3PV Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Mounting: Mounting holes on three faces Gripping repeatability: +/- 0,07 mm Accuracy to centre: Model M/344/EAU/1APV M/344/EAU/3APV M/344/EAN/1PV M/344/EAN/3PV M/344/EAN/1APV M/344/EAN/3APV For details see page 54. +/- 0,1 mm www.norgren.com/info/nec/en041 41 Actuators PARALLEL GRIPPERS - THREE JAW M/160380/M/12 Double acting Magnetic piston Ø 16 to 20 mm Ideal for gripping spheres or components with circular faces Smooth, accurate movement Long, uninterrupted service life Low weight Compact size Integral magnets for positional feedback TECHNICAL DATA STANDARD MODELS Ø Port size Effective gripping force (N) at 5 bar* Opening Closing Model 16 20 M5 x 0,8 M5 x 0,8 27 36 M/160385/M/12 M/160386/M/12 20 27 * Grip point L = 30 mm SWITCHES WITH LED INDICATION With integral cable Medium: 90° cable Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated Operation: Double acting, three jaw parallel, magnetic piston Operating pressure: 2 to 7 bar 1,5 to 7 bar M/160386/M/12 Operating temperature: +0°C to +60° Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Mounting: Type Cable length Model 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 1m 3m 1m 3m 1m 3m 1m 3m M/344/EAU/1PV M/344/EAU/3PV Model M/344/EAU/1APV M/344/EAU/3APV M/344/EAN/1PV M/344/EAN/3PV M/344/EAN/1APV M/344/EAN/3APV For details see page 54. Mounting holes on base Gripping repeatability: +/- 0,01 mm 42 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en042 PARALLEL GRIPPERS - LONG STROKE M/160390/M/12 Double acting Magnetic piston Ø 12 to 25 mm Ideal for handling wide components Smooth, accurate movement Long, uninterrupted service life Low weight Compact size Integral magnets for positional feedback STANDARD MODELS Ø Port size Effective gripping force (N) at 5 bar* Opening Closing Model 12 16 20 25 M5 x 0,8 M5 x 0,8 M5 x 0,8 M5 x 0,8 27 55 85 135 M/160394/M/12 M/160395/M/12 M/160396/M/12 M/160397/M/12 27 55 85 135 * Grip point L = 30 mm TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated SWITCHES WITH LED INDICATION With integral cable Operating pressure: 90° cable 2 to 7 bar Operating temperature: 0°C to +60°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Mounting: Mounting holes on two faces Type Cable length Model 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 1m 3m 1m 3m 1m 3m 1m 3m M/344/EAU/1PV M/344/EAU/3PV Model M/344/EAU/1APV M/344/EAU/3APV M/344/EAN/1PV M/344/EAN/3PV M/344/EAN/1APV M/344/EAN/3APV For details see page 54. www.norgren.com/info/nec/en043 43 Actuators MINIATURE ROTARY ACTUATORS M/60210/M Double acting Magnetic piston Ø 12 & 20 mm Smooth operation with zero backlash Lightweight Compact envelope dimensions Integral magnets for positional feedback STANDARD MODELS Ø Effective torque (Nm) at 6 bar Angle of rotation Model 12 12 20 20 0,23 0,23 1,0 1,0 90° 180° 90° 180° M/60215/M/90 M/60215/M/180 M/60216/M/90 M/60216/M/180 TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated Operating pressure: SWITCHES WITH LED INDICATION 1 to 7 bar With integral cable 90° cable Model Operating temperature: +5°C to +60°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Mounting: Mounting holes in body Type Cable length Model Reed Reed 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 1,5 m 5m 1,5 m 5m 1m 3m 1m 3m M/346/LAU/1PV M/346/LAU/5PV M/346/EAU/1APV M/346/EAU/5APV M/345/EAU/1PV M/345/EAU/3PV M/345/EAN/1PV M/345/EAN/3PV For details see page 54. 44 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en044 COMPACT ROTARY ACTUATORS M/60270/M Double acting Magnetic piston Ø 14 to 22 mm High torque levels from a compact product Minimal radial or thrust shudder means smooth operation Adjustable angle of rotation Integral magnets for positional feedback TECHNICAL DATA Medium: STANDARD MODELS Ø Effective torque (Nm) at 6 bar Angle of rotation Angle adjustment range Model 14 14 16 16 18 18 22 22 1,5 1,5 2,6 2,6 4,6 4,6 7,4 7,4 90° 180° 90° 180° 90° 180° 90° 180° 70° ... 95° 160° ... 185° 70° ... 95° 160° ... 185° 70° ... 95° 160° ... 185° 70° ... 95° 160° ... 185° M/60270/M/90 M/60270/M/180 M/60271/M/90 M/60271/M/180 M/60272/M/90 M/60272/M/180 M/60273/M/90 M/60273/M/180 Compressed air filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated Operating pressure: 1 to 7 bar Operating temperature: SWITCHES WITH LED INDICATION +5°C to +60°C With integral cable 90° cable Model Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Mounting: Mounting holes on three faces Type Cable length Model Reed Reed 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 1,5 m 5m 1,5 m 5m 1m 3m 1m 3m M/346/LAU/1PV M/346/LAU/5PV M/346/EAU/1APV M/346/EAU/5APV M/345/EAU/1PV M/345/EAU/3PV M/345/EAN/1PV M/345/EAN/3PV For details see page 54. www.norgren.com/info/nec/en045 45 Actuators ROTARY VANE ACTUATORS M/60280 Double acting 30° to 270° rotation angles Modern, compact design. Suitable for torques from 0,058 to 402,46 Nm. Fixed and adjustable rotation angles. Single and double vane construction. TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated Operation: Double acting rotary vane with buffer cushioning M/60280 – M/60288 and IE models – single vane M/60284/TI – M/60288/TI and TE models – double vane Operating pressure: 2 to 10 bar 3 to 7 bar (M/60280, M/60281, M/60281/IE) 2 to 7 bar (M/60282, M/60283, M/60282/IE,) Operating temperature: +5°C to +60°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Rotation tolerance: 0° to +4°: M/60280 - M/60283 0° to +3°: M/60284 - M/60288, M/60284/TI – M/60288/TI -9° to +3°: M/60281/IE – M/60284/IE, M/60284/TE 46 STANDARD MODELS Mini rotary vane actuators Models with fixed or adjustable rotation angles Torque at 6 bar (Nm)** Single vane 0,13 0,35 0,35 1,04 1,04 1,91 1,91 4,02 4,02 9,31 9,31 º º º º º º º º º Double vane Rotation angle 90° 180° º º º º º º º Model 270° º º º (Adjustable from 30° to 180°) º º (Adjustable from 30° to 180°) º º (Adjustable from 30° to 180°) º º º (Adjustable from 30° to 270°) º º (Adjustable from 30° to 90°) M/60280/* M/60281/* M/60281/IE M/60282/* M/60282/IE M/60283/* M/60283/IE M/60284/* M/60284/IE M/60284/TI M/60284/TE * Insert rotation angle in degrees. ** Theoretical torque. Rotary vane actuators Models with fixed rotation angles Torque at 6 bar (Nm)** Single vane 5,78 12,55 17,65 40,69 33,83 87,39 120,91 241,73 º Double vane º º º º º º º Rotation angle 90° 180° º º º º º º º º Model 270° º º º º º º º º M/60285/* M/60285/TI M/60286/* M/60286/TI M/60287/* M/60287/TI M/60288/* M/60288/TI * Insert rotation angle in degrees. ** Theoretical torque MOUNTINGS Ø B&G C M/60280 – M/60281, .../IE M/60282, .../IE M/60283, .../IE M/60284, .../IE, .../TI, ...TE M/60285, .../TI M/60286, .../TI QM/60280/22 QM/60281/22 QM/60282/22 QM/60283/22 QM/60284/22 QM/60285/22 QM/60286/22 QM/60280/21 QM/60281/21 QM/60282/21 QM/60283/21 QM/60284/21 QM/60285/21 QM/60286/21 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en046 ROTARY CYLINDERS Rack & pinion version M/162000/MI Double acting Ø 32 to 125 mm Suitable torques from 1,2 to 51,0 Nm/bar Rotation angles 90°, 180°, 270°, 360° Switches can be mounted flush with the profile VDMA 24562 pitch to use standard VDMA mountings TECHNICAL DATA Medium: THEORETICAL TORQUE & CUSHIONING Ø Theoretical torque (Nm) at 1 bar Cushion length (mm) Initial cushion volume (cm3) Model 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 1,2 2,3 3,9 7,3 15,7 26,3 51,0 19 22 24 24 27 34 41 12,3 20,7 36 64 116 242 451 M/162032/MI/* M/162040/MI/* M/162050/MI/* M/162063/MI/* M/162080/MI/* M/162100/MI/* M/162125/MI/* *Insert rotation angle in degrees Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated Operation: Double acting, magnetic piston, adjustable cushioning Operating pressure: 1,5 to 10 bar Operating temperature: -5°C to +80°C max. Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C ROTATION ANGLE Ø 90° 180° 270° 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 º º º º º º º º º º º 360° º º º º º º º Rotation angles: 90, 180, 270, 360° Fixed up to +8° SWITCHES With integral cable Reed Solid state With plug-in cable Model Model Cable M/50/LSU/*V M/50/EAP/*V M/50/LSU/CP M/50/EAP/CP M/P73001/5 (5 m) M/P73001/5 (5 m) *Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en047 47 Actuators STAINLESS STEEL ROUNDLINE CYLINDERS (ISO) KM/8000/M Double acting, ISO 6432 Ø 12 to 25 mm High corrosion and acid resistance New magnetic piston as standard Conforms to ISO 6432 Suitable for applications in the food industry Buffer or adjustable cushioning Nose mounting nut and piston rod locknut as standard STANDARD MODELS Ø Piston rod Ø Port size Model Buffer cushioning Adjustable cushioning 12 16 20 25 6 6 8 10 M5 M5 G1/8 G1/8 KM/8012/M/* KM/8016/M/* KM/8020/M/* KM/8025/M/* – – KM/8021/M/* KM/8026/M/* * Insert stroke length in mm. SWITCHES With integral cable TECHNICAL DATA With plug-in cable Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated Operation: Double acting, magnetic piston with buffer or adjustable cushioning Operating pressure: Reed Solid state Model Model Cable M/50/LSU/*V M/50/EAP/*V M/50/LSU/CP M/50/EAP/CP M/P73001/5 (5 m) M/P73001/5 (5 m) *Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature: -10°C to +80°C max. Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C MOUNTINGS Ø B, G C F L N Switch mounting brackets# > 15 mm stroke Switch mounting brackets# < 15 mm stroke 12 16 20 25 M/P72405 M/P72405 M/P72406 M/P72406 M/P72403 M/P72403 M/P72404 M/P72404 KQM/8012/25 KQM/8012/25 KQM/8020/25 KQM/55433/25 KQM/8012/24 KQM/8012/24 KQM/8020/24 KQM/8020/24 M/P72398 M/P72398 M/P72399 M/P72399 QM/33/012/22 QM/33/016/22 QM/33/020/22 QM/33/025/22 QM/33/010/23 QM/33/016/23 QM/33/020/23 QM/33/025/23 # For use with switches M/50, see page 52 48 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en048 STAINLESS STEEL (CLEAN LINE) ROUNDLINE CYLINDERS (IS0) KM/55001/M Double acting Ø 32 to 125 mm Clean line design High corrosion and acid resistance Magnetic piston as standard Conforms to ISO 6431 Suitable for applications in the food industry Adjustable cushioning Nose mounting nut and piston rod lock nut as standard Special wiper/seal as standard STANDARD MODELS Ø Piston rod Ø Port size Model Magnetic 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 12 16 20 20 25 25 32 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G1/2 KM/55033/M/* KM/55041/M/* KM/55051/M/* KM/55064/M/* KM/55081/M/* KM/55101/M/* KM/55126/M/* * Insert stroke length in mm SWITCHES TECHNICAL DATA With integral cable Medium: With plug-in cable Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated Operation: Double acting with magnetic piston, adjustable cushioning Reed Solid state Operating pressure: Model Model Cable M/50/LSU/*V M/50/EAP/*V M/50/LSU/CP M/50/EAP/CP M/P73001/5 (5 m) M/P73001/5 (5 m) *Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature: -20°C to +80°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C MOUNTINGS Ø C F G H L N 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 KQM/55433/21 KQM/55441/21 KQM/55451/21 KQM/55464/21 – – – KQM/55433/25 KQM/55441/25 KQM/55451/25 KQM/55451/25 KQA/8080/25 KQA/8080/25 KQA/8125/25 M/P34297 M/P34298 M/P34299 M/P34300 – – – QM/55232/28 QM/55240/28 QM/55250/28 QM/55263/28 QM/55480/28 QM/55410/28 QM/55125/28 KQM/55032/24 KQM/55040/24 KQM/55050/24 KQM/55063/24 KQM/55080/24 KQM/55100/24 KQM/55125/24 M/P34276 M/P34277 M/P34278 M/P34278 – – – Switch mounting brackets # QM/33/432/22 QM/33/440/22 QM/33/450/22 QM/33/463/22 QM/33/480/22 QM/33/100/22 QM/33/125/22 # For switches M/50, see page. 52 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en049 49 Actuators COMPACT AIR BELLOWS PM/31000 Single acting Ø 2ª to 12 inch Frictionless operation No maintenance or lubrication Ideal for short stroke, highforce applications High vibration isolation level Easy, compact installation TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, non-lubricated Operating pressure: 8 bar maximum Operating temperature: -40°C to +70°C for PM/31000 (Standard) Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C STANDARD MODELS Nominal Ø (inch) x convolutions Maximum stroke (mm) Port size Model 2ª x 1 2ª x 2 2ª x 3 4≥ x 1 4≥ x 2 6x1 6x2 8x1 8x2 9≥ x 1 9≥ x 2 12 x 1 12 x 2 20 45 65 40 80 55 115 95 185 105 230 105 215 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G3/4 G3/4 G3/4 G3/4 PM/31021 PM/31022 PM/31023 PM/31041 PM/31042 PM/31061 PM/31062 PM/31081 PM/31082 PM/31091 PM/31092 PM/31121 PM/31122 Safety note: These actuators must not be pressurised when unrestrained. For exact calculation for compact air bellows please contact our Technical Service. Important instructions: The design of these air bellows allows an operation at an angle of 5° to 25°. The top and bottom plate can be out of alignment, depending on the height of the air bellow and the number of convolutions. To avoid damage mechanical stops at both end positions have to be used. To return Air Bellows to their minimum height an external return force must be used. The thrust depends directly on the height of the air bellow: When height increases – the thrust decreases. As the outside diameter varies in operation there must be enough clearance around the air bellow. 50 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en050 SERVICEABLE AIR BELLOWS M/31000 Single acting Ø 6 to 26 inch Frictionless operation No maintenance or lubrication Ideal for short stroke, high-force applications High vibration isolation level Simple to install TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, non-lubricated Operating pressure: 8 bar maximum Operating temperature: -40°C to +70°C for M/31000 (Standard) Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Important instructions: The design of these air bellows allows an operation at an angle of 5° to 25°. The top and bottom plate can be out of alignment, depending on the height of the air bellow and the number of convolutions. To avoid damage mechanical stops at both end positions have to be used. To return Air Bellows to their minimum height an external return force must be used. The thrust depends directly on the height of the air bellow: When height increases – the thrust decreases. As the outside diameter varies in operation there must be enough clearance around the air bellow. STANDARD MODELS Nominal Ø (inch) x convolutions Maximum stroke (mm) Port size Model 6x1 6x2 8x1 8x2 10 x 1 10 x 2 10 x 3 12 x 1 12 x 2 12 x 3 14≥ x 1 14≥ x 2 14≥ x 3 16 x 2 16 x 3 21 x 2 26 x 2 55 115 80 175 100 225 330 100 225 330 125 265 380 315 430 280 410 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 M/31061 M/31062 M/31081 M/31082 M/31101 M/31102 M/31103 M/31121 M/31122 M/31123 M/31141 M/31142 M/31143 M/31162 M/31163 M/31212 M/31262 Safety note: These actuators must not be pressurised when unrestrained. For exact calculation for compact air bellows please contact our Technical Service. www.norgren.com/info/nec/en051 51 Actuators MAGNETICALLY OPERATED SWITCHES For roundline, ISO/VDMA, VDMA compact, Lintra® rodless cylinders and slide tables These switches are delivered with an adaptor as standard. This combination allows you to use M/50 switches instead of QM/33, QM/34 and QM/134 Model IP 66 IP 66 with plug-in cable M/50/LSU/*V M/50/LSU/5U TM/50/RAU/2S M/50/RAC/5V M/50/LSU/CP M/50/EAP/*V M/50/EAP/CP M/50/EAN/*V M/50/EAN/CP Type Reed Reed Reed Reed Reed Solid state Solid state Solid state Solid state Voltage V a.c.# Current max. Temperature °C LED Features Cable length Cable type V d.c.## Plug-in cable Straight 90° 10 ... 240 10 ... 240 10 ... 240 10 ... 240 10 ... 60 – – – – 10 ... 170 10 ... 170 10 ... 170 10 ... 170 10 ... 75 10 ... 30 10 ... 30 10 ... 30 10 ... 30 180 mA 180 mA 180 mA 180 mA 180 mA 150 mA 150 mA 150 mA 150 mA -20° ... +80° -20° ... +80° -20° ... +150° -20° ... +80° -20° ... +80° -20° ... +80° -20° ... +80° -20° ... +80° -20° ... +80° ¬ ¬ – – ¬ ¬ ¬ ¬ ¬ – – High temperature Changeover Plug M8x1 PNP PNP, Plug M8x1 NPN NPN, Plug M8x1 2, 5, 10 m 5m 2m 5m ~0,27 m 2, 5, 10 m ~0,27 m 2, 5, 10 m 5m PVC 2 x 0,25 PUR 2 x 0,25 Silicon 2 x 0,25 PVC 3 x 0,25 PVC 3 x 0,25 PVC 3 x 0,25 PVC 3 x 0,25 PVC 3 x 0,25 PVC 3 x 0,25 – – – – M/P73001/5 – M/P73001/5 – M/P73001/5 – – – – – – – – – * 5m is the length of the plug-in cable. The switch features an M8 x 1 plug with a 0,3m cable # 10 VA, ## Reed 10 W; Solid state 4,5 W DIRECT MOUNTED SWITCHES Ø 32 ... 125 mm Ø 32 ... 80 mm Ø 32 ... 125 mm Ø 32 ... 100 mm Ø 20 ... 63 mm Ø 16 ... 32 mm PRA/181000/M PRA/182000/M M/46000/M M/46100/M M/46200/M M/162000/M M/61000/M, .../MR RA/191000/M, .../MX RA/193000/M, .../MX RA/192000/M, .../MX M/61200/M, .../MR BRACKET MOUNTED SWITCHES Ø 32 ... 200 mm Ø 32 ... 100 mm Ø 32 ... 80 mm Ø 10 ... 63 mm Ø 10 ... 25 mm Ø 25 ... 40 mm Ø 12 ... 100 mm Ø 10 ... 40 mm RA/8000/M RM/55401/M KM/55001/M RT/57100/M RT/57200/M RM/8000/M RM/28000/M KM/8000/M M/44000/M A44000 RM/91000/M RM/92000/M M/60100/M Ø25 M/P72487 Ø32 M/P72487 Ø40 M/P72487 Ø12 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø32 Ø40 Ø50 Ø63 Ø80 Ø100 Ø10 Ø16 Ø25 Ø32 Ø40 Stroke length Ø32 Ø40 Ø50 Ø63 Ø80 Ø100 Ø125 Ø160 Ø200 QM/27/2/1 QM/27/2/1 QM/27/2/1 QM/27/2/1 QM/27/2/1 QM/27/2/1 QM/27/2/1 QM/27/2/1 QM/27/2/1 52 Ø32 QM/33/432/22 Ø40 QM/33/440/22 Ø50 QM/33/450/22 Ø63 QM/33/463/22 Ø80 QM/33/480/22 Ø100 QM/33/410/22 Ø32 QM/33/432/22 – – – Ø80 QM/33/480/22 Ø10 Ø12 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø32 Ø40 Ø50 Ø63 QM/33/010/22 QM/33/012/22 QM/33/016/22 QM/33/020/22 QM/33/025/22 QM/33/032/22 QM/33/040/22 QM/33/050/22 QM/33/063/22 Stroke length ∫15 mm <15 mm Ø10 Ø12 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø10 Ø12 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 QM/33/010/22 QM/33/012/22 QM/33/016/22 QM/33/020/22 QM/33/025/22 QM/33/010/23 QM/33/016/23 QM/33/016/23 QM/33/020/23 QM/33/025/23 M/P72487 M/P72487 M/P72487 M/P72487 M/P72487 M/P72487 M/P72487 M/P72487 M/P72487 M/P72487 M/P72487 M/P72487 M/P72487 M/P72487 M/P72487 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en052 MAGNETICALLY OPERATED SWITCHES FOR SERIES RA/8000/M Model TQM/31/2 TQM/31/5 TQM/31/10 QM/32/2 QM/32/5 QM/32/10 QM/32/2/PU QM/32/P QM/132/2 QM/132/5 QM/132/10 QM/132/5/PU QM/132/E/5 QM/132/P Type Reed Reed Reed Reed Reed Reed Reed Reed Solid state Solid state Solid state Solid state Solid state Solid state Voltage V a.c.# Current max. Temperature °C Function LED Features Cable length Cable type V d.c.## Plug-in cable 10 ... 240 10 ... 240 10 ... 240 10 ... 240 10 ... 240 10 ... 240 10 ... 240 10 ... 240 – – – – – – 10 ... 240 10 ... 240 10 ... 240 10 ... 240 10 ... 240 10 ... 240 10 ... 240 10 ... 240 10 ... 30 10 ... 30 10 ... 30 10 ... 30 10 ... 30 10 ... 30 2A 2A 2A 1A 1A 1A 1A 1A 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA -20° ... +150° -20° ... +150° -20° ... +150° -20° ... +80° -20° ... +80° -20° ... +80° -20° ... +80° -20° ... +80° -20° ... +80° -20° ... +80° -20° ... +80° -20° ... +80° -20° ... +80° -20° ... +80° NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO – – – ¬ ¬ ¬ ¬ ¬ ¬ ¬ ¬ ¬ ¬ ¬ – – – – – – – – PNP PNP PNP PNP PNP, Pulse stretcher PNP 2m 5m 10 m 2m 5m 10 m 2m – 2m 5m 10 m 5m 5m – Silicon 2x0,75 Silicon 2x0,75 Silicon 2x0,75 PVC 2x0,75 PVC 2x0,75 PVC 2x0,75 PUR 2x0,75 – PVC 3x0,5 PVC 3x0,5 PVC 3x0,5 PUR 3x0,34 PUR 3x0,34 – – – – – – – – ¬ – – – – – ¬ # 50 VA ## Reed 50 W; Solid state 6 W PLUG WITH CABLE FOR QM/32/P AND QM/132/P Cable type Model PVC 3x0,34 PUR 3x0,34 M/P34692/5 M/P34694/5 BRACKET MOUNTED SWITCHES QM/31, QM/32 & QM/132 Ø 32 ... 320 mm RA/8000/M Ø (mm) Model Ø 32 ... 63 Ø 80 ... 125 Ø 160 & 200 Ø 250 Ø 320 QM/31/032/22 QM/31/080/22 QM/31/160/22 QM/31/250/22 QM/31/320/22 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en053 53 Actuators MAGNETICALLY OPERATED SWITCHES FOR LINEAR SLIDE TABLES Model M/369/LSU/1 M/369/LSU/3 M/370/LSU/1 M/370/LSU/3 M/418/EAU/1 M/418/EAU/3 M/419/EAU/1 M/419/EAU/3 M/420/EAN/1 M/420/EAN/3 M/421/EAN/1 M/421/EAN/3 Type Voltage V d.c. Current max. Temperature °C Signal output Protection rating Cable wire, material Cable type Cable length Reed Reed Reed Reed 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 12 ... 24 12 ... 24 12 ... 24 12 ... 24 12 ... 24 12 ... 24 12 ... 24 12 ... 24 5 ... 24 5 ... 24 5 ... 24 5 ... 24 24 mA 24 mA 24 mA 24 mA 40 mA 40 mA 40 mA 40 mA 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA +5 ... +60 +5 ... +60 +5 ... +60 +5 ... +60 +5 ... +60 +5 ... +60 +5 ... +60 +5 ... +60 +5 ... +60 +5 ... +60 +5 ... +60 +5 ... +60 – – – – – – – – NPN NPN NPN NPN IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 IP 67 PVC 2 x 0,18 PVC 2 x 0,18 PVC 2 x 0,18 PVC 2 x 0,18 PVC 2 x 0,15 PVC 2 x 0,15 PVC 2 x 0,15 PVC 2 x 0,15 PVC 3 x 0,18 PVC 3 x 0,18 PVC 3 x 0,18 PVC 3 x 0,18 In-line In-line 90° 90° In-line In-line 90° 90° In-line In-line 90° 90° 1m 3m 1m 3m 1m 3m 1m 3m 1m 3m 1m 3m DIRECT MOUNTED SWITCHES Ø 6 ... 16 mm Ø 10, 12 mm Ø 8 ... 20 mm Ø 10, 16 mm Ø 6 mm M/261000 M/261100 M/261200 M/261300 M/261400 FOR GRIPPERS Model Type M/344/EAU/1APV M/344/EAU/1PV M/344/EAU/3APV M/344/EAU/3PV M/344/EAN/1APV M/344/EAN/1PV M/344/EAN/3APV M/344/EAN/3PV 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 3-wire solid state Voltage V d.c. 10 ... 28 10 ... 28 10 ... 28 10 ... 28 4,5 ... 28 4,5 ... 28 4,5 ... 28 4,5 ... 28 Current max. 20 mA 20 mA 20 mA 20 mA 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA Temperature °C 0° ... +60° 0° ... +60° 0° ... +60° 0° ... +60° 0° ... +60° 0° ... +60° 0° ... +60° 0° ... +60° LED ¬ ¬ ¬ ¬ ¬ ¬ ¬ ¬ Signal output Cable length Cable type Straight cable connection 90° elbow cable connection – – – – NPN NPN NPN NPN 1m 1m 3m 3m 1m 1m 3m 3m PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC – ¬ – ¬ – ¬ – ¬ ¬ – ¬ – ¬ – ¬ – Cable type PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC Straight cable connection – – – – ¬ ¬ ¬ ¬ 90° elbow cable connection ¬ ¬ ¬ ¬ – – – – FOR MINIATURE AND COMPACT ROTARY ACTUATORS Model M/346/LAU/1PV M/346/LAU/5PV M/346/EAU/1APV M/346/EAU/5APV M/345/EAU/1PV M/345/EAU/3PV M/345/EAN/1PV M/345/EAN/3PV Type Reed Reed 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 2-wire solid state 3-wire solid state 3-wire solid state Voltage V d.c. 12 ... 100 12 ... 100 4,5 ... 28 4,5 ... 28 10 ... 28 10 ... 28 4,5 ... 28 4,5 ... 28 V a.c. 12 ... 125 12 ... 125 – – – – – – Current max. 40 mA 40 mA 70 mA 70 mA 40 mA 40 mA 100 mA 100 mA Temperature LED °C -10 ... +60 ¬ -10 ... +60 ¬ -10 ... +60 ¬ -10 ... +60 ¬ 0 ... +60 ¬ 0 ... +60 ¬ 0 ... +60 ¬ 0 ... +60 ¬ Signal output – – – – – – NPN NPN Cable length 1,5 m 5m 1,5 m 5m 1m 3m 1m 3m DIRECT MOUNTED SWITCHES Ø 16 ... 50 mm Ø 16 ... 50 mm Ø 8 ... 12 mm Ø 12 ... 25 mm Ø 16 ... 20 mm Ø 12 & 20 mm Ø 14 ... 22 mm M/1603**/M/11 M/1603**/M/12 M/160360/M/12 M/160390/M/12 M/160380/M/12 M/60210/M M/60270/M For further details, please consult our Technical Service 54 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en054 Vacuum SINGLE STAGE VACUUM PUMPS M/58112 Very high induced air capacity 14% lower air consumption than comparable single stage units No wearing parts Compatible with a wide range of vacuum line contaminants Allows direct connection of suction cups and piped exhaust facility TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered and nonlubricated Operating pressure: 5 bar optimum 8 bar maximum Operating temperature: -20° to +150°C Induced air (Nl/min), free air 0 bar -0,1 bar -0,2 bar -0,3 bar -0,4 bar -0,5 bar -0,6 bar -0,7 bar -0,8 bar Model 28 55 24 47 18 36 14 28 11 23 8 17 5,5 12 3 6 1 2,5 M/58112/09 M/58112/11 Time (sec) for evacuation of 1 litre volume to vacuum -0,1 bar -0,2 bar -0,3 bar -0,4 bar -0,5 bar -0,6 bar -0,7 bar -0,8 bar -0,85 bar -0,9 bar Model 0,27 0,15 0,56 0,31 0,89 0,49 1,44 0,72 2,00 1,00 2,88 1,41 4,31 2,08 7,97 3,71 14,36 5,60 M/58112/09 M/58112/11 – 8,11 Note: Values given in the tables are theoretical and apply to an operating pressure of 5 bar. Recommended tube dimensions (internal diameter) Compressed air Vacuum Exhaust Model >Ø3 >Ø3 >Ø5 >Ø7 >Ø6 >Ø9 M/58112/09 M/58112/11 Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Vacuum: -0,85 bar maximum (M/58112/09) -0,90 bar maximum (M/58112/11) OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS Vacuum ( bar ) - 1,0 - 0,9 - 0,8 - 0,7 - 0,6 - 0,5 - 0,4 - 0,3 - 0,2 - 0,1 0 M/58112/11 M/58112/09 ( bar ) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Operating pressure www.norgren.com/info/nec/en055 Air consumption (Nl / min.) 160 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 M/58112/11 M/58112/09 ( bar ) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Operating pressure 55 Vacuum MULTI STAGE VACUUM PUMPS M/58102 Fast response Compact, lightweight Low sound level Compressed air driven Simple installation Standard and non-return valve types TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered and nonlubricated Operating pressure: Type Silencer** Induced air (NI/min)* Air consumption (NI/min)* kg Model Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Non-return valve Non-return valve Non-return valve Non-return valve Non-return valve Non-return valve Ported Ported Ported Integral Integral Integral Ported Ported Ported Integral Integral Integral 80 160 240 480 708 910 80 160 240 480 708 910 49 98 144 285 471 528 49 98 144 285 471 528 0,080 0,095 0,110 0,855 1,105 1,150 0,080 0,095 0,110 0,855 1,105 1,150 M/58102/10 M/58102/20 M/58102/30 M/58102/60 M/58102/90 M/58102/120 M/58102/N/10 M/58102/N/20 M/58102/N/30 M/58102/N/60 M/58102/N/90 M/58102/N/120 *Values given are theoretical and apply to an operating pressure of 6 bar. **For models with ported silencer, use silencer number M/58019 6 bar maximum Operating temperature: -20°C to +80°C for M/58102/10 to M/58102/30 -20°C to +60°C for M/58102/60 to M/58102/120 CHARACTERISTICS Induced air (Nl/min), free air Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C 0 bar -0,1 bar -0,2 bar -0,3 bar -0,4 bar -0,5 bar -0,6 bar -0,7 bar -0,8 bar Model Vacuum: 80 160 240 480 708 910 55 110 165 270 427 568 32 64 96 182 273 355 28 56 84 168 252 336 25 50 75 150 225 300 18 36 54 108 162 216 13 26 39 78 117 156 5 10 15 30 45 60 1,5 3 4,5 9 13,5 18 M/58102/10 M/58102/20 M/58102/30 M/58102/60 M/58102/90 M/58102/120 -0,87 bar maximum Air consumption (Nl / min.) 1000 .../ 120 .../ 90 .../ 60 .../ 30 .../ 20 100 .../ 10 10 ( bar ) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Operating pressure Time (sec) for evacuation of 1 litre volume to vacuum -0,1 bar -0,2 bar -0,3 bar -0,4 bar -0,5 bar -0,6 bar -0,7 bar -0,8 bar -0,85 bar Model 0,070 0,035 0,023 0,012 0,007 0,006 0,200 0,100 0,070 0,034 0,023 0,017 0,450 0,230 0,150 0,080 0,050 0,040 0,750 0,370 0,250 0,120 0,080 0,060 1,150 0,570 0,380 0,190 0,130 0,100 1,730 0,860 0,580 0,290 0,190 0,150 2,610 1,320 0,870 0,440 0,290 0,220 4,130 2,070 1,380 0,690 0,460 0,350 5,820 2,920 1,940 0,970 0,650 0,490 M/58102/10 M/58102/20 M/58102/30 M/58102/60 M/58102/90 M/58102/120 Note: Values given in the tables are theoretical and apply to an operating pressure of 6 bar. Vacuum ( bar ) Recommended tube dimensions (internal diameter) - 1,0 - 0,9 - 0,8 - 0,7 - 0,6 - 0,5 - 0,4 - 0,3 - 0,2 - 0,1 0 ( bar ) Compressed air Vacuum Exhaust Model >Ø3 >Ø3 >Ø4 >Ø4 >Ø5 >Ø5 >Ø7 >Ø7 >Ø9 > Ø 19 > Ø 19 > Ø 22 >Ø9 >Ø9 >Ø9 – – – M/58102/10 M/58102/20 M/58102/30 M/58102/60 M/58102/90 M/58102/120 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Operating pressure 56 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en056 SUCTION CUPS M/58300, M/58400 Ø 6 to 150 mm Flat cups ideal where minimal movement is required for pliable materials Bellows cups ideal where level compensation is required TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Vacuum Operating temperature: -10°C to +70°C for nitrile rubber cups -30°C to +200°C for silicone cups Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C MATERIALS M/58000/01 Cups: nitrile rubber Connection fittings: aluminium M/58000/02 Cups: silicone Connection fittings: aluminium Ø mm -0,2 bar Fy (N) -0,6 bar -0,9 bar R (mm) S (mm) V (cm3) kg 6 8 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 80 120 150 0,5 1 1,5 2,7 5 9 11 19 30 86 180 280 1,5 2,5 4 8 15,5 26,5 34 57,5 91 260 540 842 2,3 3,5 6 12 23 40 51 86 135 390 810 1250 5 7 9 12 13 17,5 26 37 41 100 365 380 1,5 1,5 2 4 2 2,5 2,5 3,5 4 6 6 9 0,017 0,041 0,065 0,330 0,500 0,750 1,3 3 4,2 21 82 177 0,001 0,001 0,001 0,001 0,008 0,010 0,012 0,011 0,016 0,058 0,359 0,59 M/58301/* M/58302/* M/58303/* M/58304/* M/58305/* M/58306/* M/58307/* M/58308/* M/58309/* M/58310/* M/58311/* M/58312/* Bellows 10 15 20 30 40 50 75 110 150 1,5 3 6 12 22 34 75 140 300 3,5 6 10 22 40 66 170 350 700 5 8 14 28 50 84 230 460 900 3 5 8 15 30 40 70 85 250 4 6 5 12 10 15 14 36 38 0,225 0,750 1,40 4,75 9,25 26,25 76 111 260 0,003 0,004 0,005 0,013 0,017 0,026 0,075 0,386 0,918 M/58403/* M/58404/* M/58405/* M/58407/* M/58408/* M/58409/* M/58410/* M/58411/* M/58412/* Nitrile rubber Good Excellent Good Fair Silicone Fair Fair Excellent Excellent Model Flat *Insert material code. nitrile: 01, silicone: 02 Note: Theoretical values are given in this table. Always allow a safety factor of > 2. Fy S Material characteristics Fx R Fx = µ x Fy where µ is the frictional coefficient of the material being handled. An approximate guide: Plastic µ = 0,4 to 0,5 Steel, oiled µ = 0,1 to 0,3 Glass µ = 0,3 to 0,5 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en057 Wear resistance Oil resistance Weather resistance Ozone resistance 57 Vacuum VACUUM SWITCHES M/58028/VB, .../VF (Pneumatic) M/58027/VAP/P, .../VAN/P (Electronic) M/58024/VB, .../VF (Electrical) 2 2 3 1 3 1 Quick easy installation. Converts vacuum signal into pneumatic, electronic or electrical output Fully adjustable switching points Digital and analogue output on electronic type TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Vacuum (M/58027, M/58024) Compressed air filtered and nonlubricated (M/58028/VB, M/58028/VF) See individual technical details TECHNICAL DATA (PNEUMATIC) Operating pressure: 2 to 6 bar (pressure valve) Type Function kg Model Pneumatic Pneumatic Electronic Electronic Electrical Electrical Normally open Normally closed NPN + LED PNP + LED Normally open Normally closed 0,032 0,032 0,028 0,028 0,090 0,090 M/58028/VB M/58028/VF M/58027/VAN/P M/58027/VAP/P M/58024/VB M/58024/VF ACCESSORIES FOR ELECTRONIC SWITCH Plug in cable Adjustment : -0,3 to -0,85 bar Operating temperature: -10°C to +80°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C M/P72014/5 5 m cable length. Tube: Ø 4 mm TECHNICAL DATA (ELECTRONIC) TECHNICAL DATA (ELECTRICAL) Supply voltage (Ub): 10,8 to 30 V d.c. (reverse polarity protection) Switching voltage: (Ub) -0,7 V Quiescent current consumption: 25 mA Digital output: Normally open, 125 mA max. Switching point: Adjustable between 0 and -1 bar Analogue output (0 to -1 bar): 1 to 5 V d.c. (± 0,004 V) Operating temperature: +50°C max. Switching voltage: 250 V d.c./a.c. Switching current: 2 A max. Adjustment : -0,2 to -1 bar Repeatability: ± 0,1 bar Differential reset pressure: Up to 0,2 bar Switching frequency: 200/min. Operating temperature: -20°C to +80°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C 58 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en058 VACUUM ACCESSORIES FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS FOR SUCTION CUPS Type Size Model Flexible connector Flexible connector G1/8 G1/2 M/58001 M/58002 For use where a vertical offset motion is involved on curved surfaces Simple to install LEVEL COMPENSATORS FOR SUCTION CUPS Type Size Model Level compensator Level compensator Level compensator M5 G1/8 G1/2 M/58007 M/58008 M/58009 Allows for variations in product positioning For use with uneven product forms VACUUM GAUGES Model M/58080 0 to -1 bar calibration Accurate vacuum level indication Port size Model G3/8 M/58019 Compact Optimum air silencing characteristics Range 0 ... -1 bar SILENCERS www.norgren.com/info/nec/en059 59 60 Valves Valve islands with multipole/ Fieldbus Manifold and sub-base valves – solenoid and pilot actuated Solenoid valves Special valves Manual/ mechanical valves VS18/VS26 VM10 VM15 2 x 2/2, 2 x 3/2, 5/2, 5/3 18/26 mm Mini ISO Plug-in √1350 l/min 3/2, 5/2, 5/3 Ø 4, 6 mm √430 l/min 2 x 3/2, 5/2, 5/3 Ø 6, 8, 10 mm √1000 l/min Page 69 Page 73 Page 73 V40/V41 V44/V45 SXE/P ISO˙STAR 2x3/2, 5/2, 5/3 18 mm Mini ISO √680 l/min 2x3/2, 5/2, 5/3 26 mm Mini ISO √1200 l/min 5/2, 5/3 ISO#1 ... #3 glandless √4400 l/min Page 64 Page 66 Page 70 V60 ... V63 Excel 22 Excel 32 80200 3/2, 5/2, 5/3, 2 x 3/2 GΩ ... G≥ √4200 l/min 3/2 M5 & GΩ √30 l/min 2/2, 3/2 GΩ, G∞ √260 l/min 3/2 G≥ ... G2 √35000 l/min Page 74 Page 78 Page 79 Page 96 Two-hand control unit XSz Safety valves GΩ 3/2 G∞ ... G2 Page 80 Page 96 Super X 3/2, 5/2, 5/3 GΩ, G∞ √965 l/min Page 82 Proportional valves VP12 VP50 VP51 GΩ √10 bar 100 l/min G∞ √10 bar 1200 l/min G∞, ∞ NPT √10 bar Page 84 Page 85 Page 86 61 Valves NAMUR/Process industry valves 26230 NAMUR 82400 Click-on® 82530 84500 3/2, 5/2 G∞ √1200 l/min 2/2 G∞ ... G2 √683 l/min 2/2 G∞ ... G≥ √28,3 l/min 2/2 G≥ ... G2 √616 l/min Page 87 Page 88 Page 89 Page 90 84520 97100 NAMUR 24011 NAMUR 95000 2/2 G≥ ... G1 √616 l/min 3/2, 5/2, 5/3 G∞ √750 l/min 3/2 G∞/∞ NPT √340 l/min 2/2 G∞ √1700 l/min Page 90 Page 91 Page 92 Page 93 T15 T1000 Uni-directional T1100 Bi-directional M/800 Ø 3 ... 12 mm M5, GΩ ... G≥ GΩ, G∞ Ω, ∞, ≥, ª, 1" Page 99 Page 100 Page 100 Page 102 96000 3/2 G∞ √450 l/min Page 94 Flow control valves T20 & 0405 M5, Ω ... ≥ BSP Page 103 62 Other valves T55 Non-return T60 Air fuses T51, T52, T53 Non-return M5, Ω ... ≥" ∞ ... 1≥ BSPP Ø 4 ... 12 mm 5/32 ... ≥" Blocking, pressure reducing & pneumatic sensor fittings Ø 4 ... 12 mm Ω ... ≥ BSP Page 97 Page 97 Page 98 Page 101 T70, S/510 Exhaust valves T50 Non-return M/7200 Sleeve valves T65 Shuttle valves Ω ... ≥ BSPP Ø 4 ... 12 mm 5/32 ... ≥" BSP GΩ ... G≥ GΩ, G∞ Page 104 Page 105 Page 105 Page 105 S/636, M/637 Precision flow regulators S/520 Non-return GΩ ... G1 GΩ ... G≥ Pressure switches Page 105 Page 105 18 D Series 33 D Series Pneumatic pressure switches 0,2 ... 30 bar Electronic pressure switches (pneumatic/allfluid) -1 ... 630 bar Page 106 Page 107 63 Valves V40/V41 SERIES Mini ISO Valves 2 x 3/2, 5/2 and 5/3 Valves Solenoid and pilot actuated ISO 15407-1/VDMA 24 563 Size 18 mm High performance, compact design Flexible sub-base system Multipressure system capability Wide range of accessories Dual spool technology V40 Glandless spool and sleeve (long life) V41 Softseal spool (high flow) Collected pilot exhaust with internal pilot air supply Easy to convert from internal to external pilot supply Valve exchange under pressure TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, 40 µm filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated Operation: V40: Glandless spool valve, solenoid pilot or air pilot actuated V41: Softseal spool valve, solenoid pilot or air pilot actuated Operating pressure: 10 bar V41 models and V40 solenoid pilot actuated valves with internal pilot supply 16 bar V40 solenoid pilot actuated valves with external pilot supply and V40 air pilot actuated valves See tables for individual details Ambient temperature: -15°C to +50°C V40/V41 solenoid and V41 air pilot models -15°C to +80°C V40 air pilot models Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C. 2 x 3/2 Solenoid pilot actuated valves, 24 V d.c. (softseal spool) Function 2 x 3/2 Pilot supply Pilot exhaust NC NO NO/NC Internal Internal Internal Collected# Collected# Collected# Actuation 2 x 3/2 Flow (l/min) Operating pressure (bar) Pilot pressure (bar) Model Sol/Spring Sol/Spring Sol/Spring 610 610 610/610 2,5 ... 10 2,5 ... 10 2,5 ... 10 - V415A11D-C313A V415B11D-C313A V415C11D-C313A 5/2 Solenoid pilot actuated valves, 24 V d.c. Spool technology Gl Ss Gl Gl Ss Gl Ss Gl Pilot supply Internal Internal External Internal Internal Internal Internal External Pilot exhaust Collected# Collected# Not collected Collected# Collected# Collected# Collected# Not collected Operator 14 Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Operator 12 Air spring Air spring Air spring Spring & air Spring Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Flow (l/min) 570 650 570 570 650 570 650 570 Operating pressure (bar) 1 ... 10 1 ... 10 -0,9 ... 16 1,6 ... 10 2 ... 10 2 ... 10 2 ... 10 -0,9 ... 16 Pilot pressure (bar) – – 1 ... 10 – – – – 2 ... 10 Model V405513D-C313A V415513D-C313A V405523D-C313A V405516D-C313A V415517D-C313A V405511D-C313A V415511D-C313A V405522D-C313A 5/3 Solenoid pilot actuated valves, 24 V d.c. Spool technology Gl Gl Ss Gl Ss Ss Gl Function Pilot supply Internal External Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal APB APB APB COE COE COP COP Pilot exhaust Collected# Not collected Collected# Collected# Collected# Collected# Collected# Operator 14 Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Operator 12 Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Flow (l/min) 610 610 680 610 680 680 610 Operating pressure (bar) 2 ... 10 -0,9 ... 16 2 ... 10 2 ... 10 2,5 ... 10 2 ... 10 2 ... 10 Pilot pressure (bar) – 2 ... 10 – – – – – Model V405611D-C313A V405622D-C313A V415611D-C313A V405711D-C313A V415711D-C313A V415811D-C313A V405811D-C313A 2 x 3/2 Air pilot actuated valves (softseal spool) Function 2 x 3/2 Actuation 3/2 Flow (l/min) Operating pressure (bar) Pilot pressure (bar) Model NC NO NO/NC Air/Spring Air/Spring Air/Spring 610 610 610/610 0 ... 10 0 ... 10 0 ... 10 1,7+(0,35xop.press.) 1,7+(0,35xop.press.) 1,7+(0,35xop.press.) V415A33A-X0020 V415B33A-X0020 V415C33A-X0020 5/2 Air pilot actuated valves Spool technology Operator 14 Operator 12 Flow (l/min) Operating pressure (bar) Pilot pressure (bar) Model Gl Ss Gl Ss Gl Air Air Air Air Air priority Spring Spring Air Air Air 570 650 570 650 570 -0,9 ... 16 -0,9 ... 10 -0,9 ... 16 -0,9 ... 10 -0,9 ... 16 1,6 ... 16 2 ... 10 2 ... 16 2 ... 10 2 ... 16 V405537A-X0090 V415537A-X0090 V405533A-X0020 V415533A-X0020 V405533A-X0070 5/3 Air pilot actuated valves Spool technology Ss Ss Ss Function APB COE COP Operator 14 Operator 12 Flow (l/min) Operating pressure (bar) Pilot pressure (bar) Model Air Air Air Air Air Air 680 680 680 -0,9 ... 10 -0,9 ... 10 -0,9 ... 10 2 ... 10 2 ... 10 2 ... 10 V415633A-X0020 V415733A-X0020 V415833A-X0020 # Pilot exhaust collected and exhausted via port 14 Gl = Glandless spool and sleeve Ss = Softseal spool APB = All Ports Blocked COE = Centre Open Exhaust COP = Centre Open Pressure Spare pilot valve Voltage Power inrush/hold Model 24 V d.c. 1,2 W VZC7L2C1-C313A Other voltages available on request. Spare pilot valves are delivered with mounting screws. 64 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en064 BASES Single station sub-base Side ported with pilot ports Modular sub-base Side ported without pilot ports V70401-A5B (G1/8) Modular sub-base Bottom ported without pilot ports V70425-A5F (G1/8) Modular sub-base Bottom ported with side pilot ports V70425-A5E (G1/8) V70426-A5E (G1/8) Modular sub-base Side ported with pilot ports End plate kit End ported Modular sub-base Side ported (PIF) without pilot ports Modular sub-base Side ported (PIF) with pilot ports V70426-A5F (G1/8) V70425-65F (Ø 6 mm) V70426-65F (Ø 6 mm) End plate kit with 2 side Double station modular sub-base Fixed length sub-base ported valve stations Bottom ported Side ported without pilot ports without pilot ports V70424-B5C (G1/4) V70432-A5F (G1/8) V70431-A5F (G1/4, G1/8) V704**-A50 (G1/8) ** Insert number of valve stations in sub-base assemblies. .( 02, 04, 06, 08, 10) ACCESSORIES Intermediate supply/ exhaust module Single valve shut-off plate V70429-A50 (G1/8) V70430-K50 (Port 1 blocked) DIN EN 50 022 rail (1 metre) DIN-rail mounting kit V10009-C00 (35 x 7,5 mm) V70531-KA0 Single pressure regulator plate Flow regulator plate Double pressure regulator plate V70427-K51 (Port 1 reg.) V70427-K52 (Port 2 reg.) V70427-K53 (Port 4 reg.) Blanking plate for unused station V70427-K54 (Ports 2+4 reg.) V70400-K50 V70428-K50 (Ports 3+5 reg.) Blanking disk to modular sub-base V70422-K50 (Ports 1,3,5) Sandwich plate with additional pressure port 1 V70435-A50 (G1/8) Manual override set-up kit Transition plate #18 mm #26 mm* V70532-K00 V70436-K00 *For technical data on V44/V45 Mini ISO series size 26 mm see page 66 15 mm Plugs according to DIN 43 650 Table C, IP65 Connector Cable length Voltage a.c. d.c. Features Model Plug with moulded cable Plug with moulded cable 1000 mm 3000 mm 250 V 250 V 250 V 250 V – – V10013-D01 V10013-D03 Plugs with cable gland Plugs with cable gland Plugs with cable gland – – 3000 mm – – – – – – – – – V10027-D00 0588666 0102144 Indicator plug Indicator plug Indicator plug – – – 12 ... 24 V 110 V 220 V 12 ... 24 V 110 V 220 V LED,VDR LED,VDR LED,VDR V10012-D13 V10012-D18 V10012-D19 Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable 1000 mm 3000 mm 1000 mm 3000 mm 1000 mm 3000 mm 24 V 24 V 110 V 110 V 220 V 220 V 24 V 24 V 110 V 110 V 220 V 220 V LED,VDR LED,VDR LED,VDR LED,VDR LED,VDR LED,VDR V10014-D01 V10014-D03 V10015-D01 V10015-D03 V10016-D01 V10016-D03 65 Valves V44/V45 SERIES Mini ISO Valves 2 x 3/2, 5/2 and 5/3 Valves Solenoid and pilot actuated ISO 15407-1/VDMA 24 563 Size 26 mm High performance, compact design Flexible sub-base system Multipressure system capability Wide range of accessories Dual spool technology V44 Glandless spool and sleeve (long life) V45 Softseal spool (high flow) Collected pilot exhaust with internal pilot air supply Easy to convert from internal to external pilot supply Valve exchange under pressure Robust metal M12x1 connector with 4 pin TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, 40 µm filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated Operation: V44: Glandless spool valve, solenoid pilot or air pilot actuated V45: Softseal spool valve, solenoid pilot or air pilot actuated Operating pressure: 10 bar V45 models and V44 solenoid pilot actuated valves with internal pilot supply 16 bar V44 solenoid pilot actuated valves with external pilot supply and V44 air pilot actuated valves See tables for individual details Ambient temperature: -15°C to +50°C V44/V45 solenoid and V45 air pilot models -15°C to +80°C V44 air pilot models Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C. 66 2 x 3/2 Solenoid pilot actuated valves, 24 V d.c. (softseal spool) Function 2 x 3/2 Pilot supply Pilot exhaust Actuation 2 x 3/2 Flow (l/min) Operating Pilot pressure pressure (bar) (bar) Model NC NC NO NO NO/NC Internal External Internal External Internal Collected# Not collected Collected# Not collected Collected# Sol/Spring Sol/Spring Sol/Spring Sol/Spring Sol/Spring 1100 1100 1000 1000 1000/1100 3 ... 10 0 ... 10 3 ... 10 0 ... 10 3 ... 10 V45AA11D-C313A V45AA22D-C313A V45AB11D-C313A V45AB22D-C313A V45AC11D-C313A – 1,5+(0,5xop.press.) – 1,5+(0,5xop.press.) – 5/2 Solenoid pilot actuated valves, 24 V d.c. Spool technology Pilot supply Pilot exhaust Operator 14 Operator 12 Flow (l/min) Operating Pilot pressure pressure (bar) (bar) Model Gl Gl Gl Ss Gl Ss Gl Ss Ss Internal External Internal Internal External External Internal Internal External Collected# Not collected Collected# Collected# Not collected Not collected Collected# Collected# Not collected Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Air spring Air spring Spring Spring Spring Spring Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid 900 900 900 1200 900 1200 900 1200 1200 1 ... 10 -0,9 ... 16 1,6 ... 10 2 ... 10 -0,9 ... 16 -0,9 ... 10 2 ... 10 2 ... 10 -0,9 ... 10 V44A513D-C313A V44A523D-C313A V44A517D-C313A V45A517D-C313A V44A527D-C313A V45A527D-C313A V44A511D-C313A V45A511D-C313A V45A522D-C313A – 1 ... 10 – – 1,6 ... 10 2 ... 10 – – 2 ... 10 5/3 Solenoid pilot actuated valves, 24 V d.c. Spool technology Function Pilot supply Pilot exhaust Operator 14 Operator Flow 12 (l/min) Operating Pilot pressure pressure (bar) (bar) Model Gl Ss Ss Gl Ss Ss Gl Ss Ss APB APB APB COE COE COE COP COP COP Internal Internal External Internal Internal External Internal Internal External Collected# Collected# Not collected Collected# Collected# Not collected Collected# Collected# Not collected Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid 2 ... 10 2,5 ... 10 -0,9 ... 10 2 ... 10 2,5 ... 10 -0,9 ... 10 2 ... 10 2,5 ... 10 -0,9 ... 10 V44A611D-C313A V45A611D-C313A V45A622D-C313A V44A711D-C313A V45A711D-C313A V45A722D-C313A V44A811D-C313A V45A811D-C313A V45A822D-C313A 900 1150 1150 900 1150 1150 900 1150 1150 – – 2,5 ... 10 – – 2,5 ... 10 – – 2,5 ... 10 # Pilot exhaust collected and exhausted via port 14 2 x 3/2 Air pilot actuated valves (softseal spool) Function 2 x 3/2 Actuation 2 x 3/2 Flow (l/min) Operating pressure (bar) Pilot pressure (bar) Model NC NC NO/NC Air/Spring Air/Spring Air/Spring 1100 1000 1000/1100 0 ... 10 0 ... 10 0 ... 10 1,7 + (0,5 x op.press.) 1,7 + (0,5 x op.press.) 1,7 + (0,5 x op.press.) V45AA33A-X0020 V45AB33A-X0020 V45AC33A-X0020 5/2 Air pilot actuated valves Spool technology Operator 14 Operator 12 Flow (l/min) Operating pressure (bar) Pilot pressure (bar) Model Gl Ss Gl Ss Air Air Air Air Spring Spring Air Air 900 1200 900 1200 -0,9 ... 16 -0,9 ... 10 -0,9 ... 16 -0,9 ... 10 1,6 ... 16 2 ... 10 2 ... 16 2 ... 10 V44A537A-X0090 V45A537A-X0090 V44A533A-X0020 V45A533A-X0020 Gl = Glandless Spool and Sleeve Ss = Softseal Spool APB = All Ports Blocked COE = Centre Open Exhaust COP = Centre Open Pressure www.norgren.com/info/nec/en066 5/3 Air pilot actuated valves Spool technology Function Operator 14 Operator 12 Flow (l/min) Operating pressure (bar) Pilot pressure (bar) Model Ss Ss Ss APB COE COP Air Air Air Air Air Air 1150 1150 1150 -0,9 ... 10 -0,9 ... 10 -0,9 ... 10 2,5 ... 10 2,5 ... 10 2,5 ... 10 V45A633A-X0020 V45A733A-X0020 V45A833A-X0020 Gl = Glandless Spool and Sleeve Ss = Softseal Spool APB = All Ports Blocked COE = Centre Open Exhaust COP = Centre Open Pressure Voltage codes & spare pilots Voltage Power inrush/hold Spare pilot valve 24 V d.c. 1,2 W VZC7L2C1-C313A Other voltages available on request. Spare pilot valves are delivered with mounting screws. BASES Single station sub-base Side ported with pilot ports Modular sub-base Side ported without pilot ports Modular sub-base Side ported with pilot ports Modular sub-base Side ported (PIF) without pilot ports V70501-BAB (G1/4) V70525-BAF (G1/4) V70526-BAF (G1/4) V70525-8AF (Ø 8 mm) V70526-8AF (Ø 8 mm) End plate kit End ported Fixed length sub-base Bottom ported Modular sub-base Bottom ported (PIF) without pilot ports Modular sub-base Bottom ported with side pilot ports V70525-BAE (G1/4) V70526-BAE (G1/4) V70524-CAC (G3/8) Modular sub-base Side ported (PIF) with pilot ports V705**-BA0 (G1/4) ** Insert number of valve stations in sub-base assemblies. .( 02, 04, 06, 08, 10) ACCESSORIES Intermediate supply/exhaust module Single valve shut-off plate Single pressure regulator plate Double pressure regulator plate V70529-BA0 (G1/4) V70530-KA0 (Port 1 blocked) V70527-KA1 (Port 1 reg.) V70527-KA2 (Port 2 reg.) V70527-KA3 (Port 4 reg.) DIN-rail mounting kit V70527-KA4 (Ports 2+4 reg.) V70528-KA0 (Ports 3+5 reg.) Blanking plate for unused station Blanking disk to modular sub-base V70531-KA0 V70500-KA0 V70522-K00 (Ports 1,3,5) V70523-K00 (Ports 12+14) Sandwich plate with additional pressure port 1 V70535-BA0 (G1/4) Manual override kit V70532-K00 DIN EN 50 022 rail (1 metre) V10009-C00 (35 x 7,5 mm) Flow regulator plate Transition plate #18 mm* #26 mm V70436-K00 *For technical data on V40/V41 Mini ISO series size 18 mm see page 64 67 Valves V44/V45 SERIES Mini ISO Valves 2 x 3/2, 5/2 and 5/3 Valves Solenoid and pilot actuated ISO 15407-1/VDMA 24 563 Size 26 mm 15 mm Plugs according to DIN 43 650 Table C, IP65 Connector 68 Cable length Voltage a.c. d.c. Features Model Plug with moulded cable Plug with moulded cable 1000 mm 3000 mm 250 V 250 V 250 V 250 V – – V10013-D01 V10013-D03 Plugs with cable gland Plugs with cable gland Plugs with cable gland – – 3000 mm – – – – – – – – – V10027-D00 0588666 0102144 Indicator plug Indicator plug Indicator plug – – – 12 ... 24 V 110 V 220 V 12 ... 24 V 110 V 220 V LED,VDR LED,VDR LED,VDR V10012-D13 V10012-D18 V10012-D19 Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable 1000 mm 3000 mm 1000 mm 3000 mm 1000 mm 3000 mm 24 V 24 V 110 V 110 V 220 V 220 V 24 V 24 V 110 V 110 V 220 V 220 V LED,VDR LED,VDR LED,VDR LED,VDR LED,VDR LED,VDR V10014-D01 V10014-D03 V10015-D01 V10015-D03 V10016-D01 V10016-D03 VS18/VS26VALVEADVANTAGE Field expandability has reached new levels with Norgren’s VS18 and VS26 valve range. Whether using a simple multipole or a complex fieldbus system, expanding the size of your valve island to match the changing demands of your equipment is a simple “plug-and-play” experience. Norgren’s plug-in Printed Circuit Board (PCB) technology takes only seconds to install and additional sub-bases can be attached with only two screws. Both the VS18 and VS26 are offered with two unique spool technologies. To maximize the speed of your pneumatic system, use Norgren’s soft seal spool to achieve enhanced flow rates. For maximum reliability, our glandless spool and sleeve delivers hundreds of millions of trouble-free cycles. Or incorporate both spool technologies within the same valve island to optimize your machine’s performance. Norgren’s VS18 and VS26 give you the versatility to choose the features you need with the modularity to easily expand and add accessories. By combining flexibility and Swiss-engineered quality, Norgren has created a no-compromise valve range with unlimited ability. MODULAR Field expandable in single stations Any number of valves up to 16 Extensive sandwich accessory options Two sizes of plug-in sub base valves VERSATILE Two spool technologies with unique advantages Universal PNP/NPN 24V DC multipole Eleven valve configurations Two multipole voltages Seven integrated fieldbus protocols Numerous porting and manual override options Millions of possibilities RELIABLE 200 million cycles valve life Robust construction ATEX, IP 65, UL and NEMA 4 Durable electrical technology MAINTENANCE FRIENDLY Simple plug-in sub base valve exchange Interruption-free valve replacement option Easy exchange of system components Visit www.norgren.com and use the Norgren valve island configurator to easily select and configure a unit that exactly meets your needs www.norgren.com/info/nec/en069 69 Valves ISO˙STAR Solenoid & pilot actuated spool valves Sub-base 5/2 & 5/3, ISO #1 to ISO #3 Specially coated glandless spool and sleeve for long trouble-free life Integral flow regulators available on ISO #1 and #2 sizes Low power solenoids feature manual override as standard Wide range of sub-bases and accessories TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated, non lubricated and dry. Operating pressure: Maximum 16 bar, see table for individual details. Flow: ISO #1 ISO #2 ISO #3 1230 l/min 2450 l/min 4400 l/min Ambient temperature: -15°C to +50°C solenoid models -15°C to +80°C pilot models. Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C. Solenoid pilot actuated valves Size ISO #1 ISO #1 ISO #1 ISO #1 ISO #1 ISO #1 ISO #1 ISO #1 ISO #1 ISO #2 ISO #2 ISO #2 ISO #2 ISO #2 ISO #2 ISO #2 ISO #2 ISO #2 ISO #3 ISO #3 ISO #3 ISO #3 ISO #3 ISO #3 Function Actuation Mid Flow regulator position End solenoid models Operating Model pressure (bar) CNOMO solenoid models Operating Model pressure (bar) 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/3 5/3 5/3 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/3 5/3 5/3 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/3 5/3 5/3 – Built-in – Built-in – Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in – Built-in – Built-in – Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in – – – – – – 1,8 ... 10 1,8 ... 10 1 ... 10 1 ... 10 2 ... 10 2 ... 10 2 ... 10 2 ... 10 2 ... 10 1,8 ... 10 1,8 ... 10 1 ... 10 1 ... 10 2 ... 10 2 ... 10 2 ... 10 2 ... 10 2 ... 10 1,8 ... 10 1 ... 10 2 ... 10 2 ... 10 2 ... 10 2 ... 10 1,8 ... 16 1,8 ... 16 1 ... 10 1 ... 10 2 ... 16 2 ... 16 2 ... 16 2 ... 16 2 ... 16 1,8 ... 16 1,8 ... 16 1 ... 10 1 ... 10 2 ... 16 2 ... 16 2 ... 16 2 ... 16 2 ... 16 1,8 ... 16 1 ... 10 2 ... 16 2 ... 16 2 ... 16 2 ... 16 Sol/Spring Sol/Spring Sol/Air spring Sol/Air spring Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Spring Sol/Spring Sol/Air spring Sol/Air spring Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Spring Sol/Air spring Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol – – – – – – APB COE COP – – – – – – APB COE COP – – – APB COE COP SXE9573-A71-00/*** SXE9573-A81-00/*** SXE9573-A70-00/*** SXE9573-A80-00/*** SXE0573-A50-00/*** SXE0573-A60-00/*** SXE9673-A60-00/*** SXE9773-A60-00/*** SXE9873-A60-00/*** SXE9574-A71-00/*** SXE9574-A81-00/*** SXE9574-A70-00/*** SXE9574-A80-00/*** SXE0574-A50-00/*** SXE0574-A60-00/*** SXE9674-A60-00/*** SXE9774-A60-00/*** SXE9874-A60-00/*** SXE9575-A71-00/*** SXE9575-A70-00/*** SXE0575-A50-00/*** SXE9675-A50-00/*** SXE9775-A50-00/*** SXE9875-A50-00/*** SXE9573-Z71-81/*** SXE9573-Z81-81/*** SXE9573-Z70-60/*** SXE9573-Z80-60/*** SXE0573-Z50-81/*** SXE0573-Z60-81/*** SXE9673-Z60-81/*** SXE9773-Z60-81/*** SXE9873-Z60-81/*** SXE9574-Z71-81/*** SXE9574-Z81-81/*** SXE9574-Z70-60/*** SXE9574-Z80-60/*** SXE0574-Z50-81/*** SXE0574-Z60-81/*** SXE9674-Z60-81/*** SXE9774-Z60-81/*** SXE9874-Z60-81/*** SXE9575-Z71-81/*** SXE9575-Z70-60/*** SXE0575-Z50-81/*** SXE9675-Z50-81/*** SXE9775-Z50-81/*** SXE9875-Z50-81/*** APB = All Ports Blocked, COE = Centre Open Exhaust, COP = Centre Open Pressure. Service kits not available for these valves. *** Insert voltage codes for standard or CNOMO model from correct table below. Order connector plugs separately. Manual override on end solenoid models: Push to operate spring return, lockable Manual override on CNOMO solenoid models (-60/***): Screwdriver memory type Manual override on CNOMO solenoid models (-81/***): Push to operate spring return Voltage codes and spare coils for 10 bar solenoid models Voltage 22 mm Coil with connector interface acc. to Industrial Standard Code Power inrush/hold Model 12 V d.c. 24 V d.c. 24 V 50/60 Hz 110/120 V 50/60 Hz 220/240 V 50/60 Hz 12J 13J 14J 18J 19J 2W 2W 4/2,5 VA 4/2,5 VA 6/5 VA 22 mm Coil with connector interface 30 mm Coil with connector interface acc. to DIN 43650 table B acc. to DIN 43650 table A Code Power inrush/hold Model Code Power inrush/hold Model QM/48/12J/21 QM/48/13J/21 13L QM/48/14J/21 QM/48/18J/21 QM/48/19J/21 2W V10626-A13L 23N 28N 1,5 W 2 VA Voltage codes and spare coils for 16 bar models (CNOMO only) Voltage 30 mm Coil with connector interface acc. to DIN 43650 table A Code Power inrush/hold Model 24 V d.c. 110/120 V a.c. 230 V a.c. 33N 88N 89N 4W 8 VA 8 VA V10633-A33N V10633-A88N V10633-A89N For details of connector plugs and indicators see page 72 70 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en070 V10633-A23N V10633-A28N Air pilot actuated valves Size Function Actuation Flow regulator Mid position Operating pressure (bar) Model ISO #1 ISO #1 ISO #1 ISO #1 ISO #1 ISO #1 ISO #1 ISO #2 ISO #2 ISO #2 ISO #2 ISO #2 ISO #2 ISO #2 ISO #3 ISO #3 ISO #3 ISO #3 ISO #3 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/3 5/3 5/3 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/3 5/3 5/3 5/2 5/2 5/3 5/3 5/3 Pilot/Spring Pilot/Spring Pilot/Pilot Pilot/Pilot Pilot/Pilot Pilot/Pilot Pilot/Pilot Pilot/Spring Pilot/Spring Pilot/Pilot Pilot/Pilot Pilot/Pilot Pilot/Pilot Pilot/Pilot Pilot/Spring Pilot/Pilot Pilot/Pilot Pilot/Pilot Pilot/Pilot – Built-in – Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in – Built-in – Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in – – – – – – – – – APB COE COP – – – – APB COE COP – – APB COE COP -0,9 ... 16 -0,9 ... 16 -0,9 ... 16 -0,9 ... 16 -0,9 ... 16 -0,9 ... 16 -0,9 ... 16 -0,9 ... 16 -0,9 ... 16 -0,9 ... 16 -0,9 ... 16 -0,9 ... 16 -0,9 ... 16 -0,9 ... 16 -0,9 ... 16 -0,9 ... 16 -0,9 ... 16 -0,9 ... 16 -0,9 ... 16 SXP9573-170-00 SXP9573-180-00 SXP0573-170-00 SXP0573-180-00 SXP9673-180-00 SXP9773-180-00 SXP9873-180-00 SXP9574-170-00 SXP9574-180-00 SXP0574-170-00 SXP0574-180-00 SXP9674-180-00 SXP9774-180-00 SXP9874-180-00 SXP9575-170-00 SXP0575-170-00 SXP9675-170-00 SXP9775-170-00 SXP9875-170-00 APB = All Ports Blocked, COE = Centre Open Exhaust, COP = Centre Open Pressure. Service kits not available for these valves. BASES VDMA 24 345 sub-bases Form A Side ported ISO#1 ISO#2 ISO#3 M/P19126 (G1/4) M/P19132 (G3/8) M/P19138 (G1/2) Form C Manifold Form D End plates CQM/22152/3/21 CQM/22253/3/21 CQM/22354/3/21 Blanking disk CQM/22152/3/22 CQM/22253/3/22 CQM/22354/3/22 FP 8382 FP 8482 FP 8582 Universal base options ISO#1 ISO#2 Modular base Side & bottom ported End plates* End plate, end ports open CQM/22152/3/27 (G1/4) CQM/22253/3/27 (G3/8) CQM/22152/3/28 (G3/8) CQM/22253/3/28 (G1/2) CQM/22152/3/31 (G3/8) CQM/22253/3/31 (G1/2) Transition plate CQM/22152/3/29 (#1-#2) Blanking disk M/P43173 M/P43174 * All ports supplied blanked for optimum system configuration. ACCESSORIES ISO #1 ISO #2 ISO #3 Single pressure regulator plate Single pressure regulator plate Single pressure regulator plate Double pressure regulator plate V71010-KB1 Port 1 reg. V71010-KC1 Port 1 reg. V71010-KD1 Port 1 reg. V71012-KB2 Port 2 reg. V71012-KC2 Port 2 reg. V71012-KD2 Port 2 reg. V71012-KB3 Port 4 reg. V71012-KC3 Port 4 reg. V71012-KD3 Port 4 reg. V71012-KB4 Ports 2+4 reg. V71012-KC4 Ports 2+4 reg. V71012-KD4 Ports 2+4 reg. 71 Valves ISO˙STAR Solenoid & pilot actuated spool valves Sub-base 5/2 & 5/3, ISO #1 to ISO #3 22 mm Plugs according to Industrial Standard or DIN 43 650 Table B, IP65 Connector Type Cable length Voltage a.c. d.c. Model Plug with moulded cable Plug with moulded cable 22 mm Industrial standard 22 mm Industrial standard 1000 mm 3000 mm 250 V 250 V 250 V 250 V – – M/P43313/1 M/P43313/3 Plug with cable gland 22 mm Industrial standard – 12 ... 250 V 12 ... 250 V – 0657868000000 Indicator plug Indicator plug Plug with cable gland and indicator 22 mm Industrial standard 22 mm Industrial standard 22 mm Industrial standard – – – 10 ... 50 V 70 ... 110 V 150 ... 240 V 10 ... 50 V 70 ... 250 V 150 ... 240 V Lamp Neon Neon M/P24121/1 M/P24121/2 M/P24121/3 Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable Light emitting gasket Light emitting gasket Light emitting gasket 22 mm Industrial standard 22 mm Industrial standard 22 mm Industrial standard 22 mm Industrial standard 22 mm Industrial standard 22 mm Industrial standard 22 mm Industrial standard 22 mm Industrial standard 22 mm Industrial standard 1000 mm 3000 mm 1000 mm 3000 mm 1000 mm 3000 mm – – – 24 V 24 V 110 V 110 V 220 V 220 V 12 ... 24 V 110 ... 120 V 220 ... 240 V 24 V 24 V 110 V 110 V 220 V 220 V 12 ... 24 V 110 ... 120 V 220 ... 240 V LED,VDR LED,VDR LED,VDR LED,VDR LED,VDR LED,VDR Green LED Green LED Green LED M/P43314/11 M/P43314/13 M/P43314/21 M/P43314/23 M/P43314/31 M/P43314/33 M/P40859 M/P40886 M/P40860 Indicator plug Indicator plug Indicator plug DIN43650 Form B DIN43650 Form B 22 mm Industrial standard – – – – 250 V – 24 V – 15 V, 30 V LED LED LED 0664811 0664812 0680000 30 mm Plugs according to DIN 43 650 Table A, IP65 Connector 72 Features Cable length Voltage a.c. d.c. Features Model Plug with moulded cable Plug with moulded cable 1000 mm 3000 mm 250 V 250 V 250 V 250 V – – M/P43315/1 M/P43315/3 Plug with cable gland Plug with cable gland Plug with cable gland Plug with cable gland Plug with cable gland Indicator plug Indicator plug Plug with cable gland and indicator – – – – – – – – 250 V – 250 V 12 ... 250 V 12 ... 240 V 10 ... 50 V 70 ... 115 V 150 ... 240 V 300 V 240 V 300 V 12 ... 250 V 12 ... 240 V 10 ... 50 V 70 ... 115 V 150 ... 240 V – – – – – Lamp Neon Neon M/P15737 M/P19117 0570275 0663303 0570110 M/P24120/1 M/P24120/2 M/P24120/3 Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable Light emitting gaskets Light emitting gaskets Light emitting gaskets 1000 mm 3000 mm 3000 mm 1000 mm 3000 mm – – – 24 V 24 V 110 V 220 V 220 V 12 ... 24 V 110 ... 120 V 220 ... 240 V 24 V 24 V 110 V 220 V 220 V 12 ... 24 V 110 ... 120 V 220 ... 240 V LED,VDR LED,VDR LED,VDR LED,VDR LED,VDR Green LED Green LED Green LED M/P43316/11 M/P43316/13 M/P43316/23 M/P43316/31 M/P43316/33 M/P40861 M/P40880 M/P40862 VM SERIES VALVEADVANTAGE www.norgren.com/info/nec/en073 High flow Both the 10 mm and 15 mm valves offer exceptional flow for their small, compact size - 430 l/min for the 10 mm and 1000 l/min for the 15 mm option Flexibility Up to 32 solenoids per island for multipole and fieldbus (16 station). Individually wired up to 40 solenoids per island (20 station) Easy to maintain The islands have interlocking stations so no tie rods are needed. Valves can be changed in minutes to minimalise downtime » visit www.norgren.com and use the Norgren valve island configurator to easily select and configure a unit that exactly meets your needs 73 Valves V60 ... 63 SERIES In-line valves Solenoid and pilot actuated 3/2, 5/2, 5/3 and 2 x 3/2 2 4 10 12 10 3 1 2 4 12 10 10 3 1 14 5 High flow rate Small volumetric size Proven sealing system Different manual override options as standard Maintenance-free Low power consumption (2 W) Application oriented pilot controls TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered to 50 µm, lubricated or non lubricated. Operation: Electromagnetically or pneumatically controlled Connection: G1/8 up to G1/2 Operating pressure: 1,5/2 up to 8/10 bar Flow: Size G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 14 5 3/2, 5/2 750 1300 2600 4200 2 x 3/2, 5/3 500 950 1900 2200 (5/3) Ambient temperature: -10°C to +50°C Fluid temperature: -10°C to +50°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C. 3/2 valves, solenoid actuated Function Port size Actuation Pilot supply Pilot exhaust Flow (l/min) Operating pressure (bar) Pilot pressure (bar) Model NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NO NO NO NO NO NO – – – – – – – – G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G1/2 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G1/2 Sol/air Sol/air Sol/spring Sol/air Sol/air Sol/air Sol/spring Sol/air Sol/air Sol/air Sol/air Sol/air Sol/air Sol/air Sol/air Sol/air Sol/air Sol/air Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Internal External Internal Internal Internal External Internal Internal Internal External Internal External Internal External Internal External Internal Internal Internal External Internal External Internal External Internal External Not collected Not collected Not collected Collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Not collected 750 750 750 750 1300 1300 1300 1300 2600 2600 4200 4200 750 750 1300 1300 2600 4200 750 750 1300 1300 2600 2600 4200 4200 2 ... 8 -0,9 ... 8 3 ... 8 2 ... 10 2 ... 8 -0,9 ... 8 3 ... 8 2 ... 10 2 ... 8 -0,9 ... 8 2 ... 8 -0,9 ... 8 2 ... 8 -0,9 ... 8 2 ... 8 -0,9 ... 8 2 ... 8 2 ... 8 1,5 ... 8 -0,9 ... 8 1,5 ... 8 -0,9 ... 8 1,5 ... 8 -0,9 ... 8 1,5 ... 8 -0,9 ... 8 – 3 ... 8 – – – 3 ... 8 – – – 3 ... 8 – 3 ... 8 – 3 ... 8 – 3 ... 8 – – – 3 ... 8 – 3 ... 8 – 3 ... 8 – 3 ... 8 V60A413A-A#*** V60A423A-A#*** V60A417A-A#*** V60A413D-C#13A V61B413A-A#*** V61B423A-A#*** V61B417A-A#*** V61B413D-C#13A V62C413A-A#*** V62C423A-A#*** V63D413A-A#*** V63D423A-A#*** V60A313A-A#*** V60A323A-A#*** V61B313A-A#*** V61B323A-A#*** V62C313A-A#*** V63D313A-A#*** V60A411A-A#*** V60A422A-A#*** V61B411A-A#*** V61B422A-A#*** V62C411A-A#*** V62C422A-A#*** V63D411A-A#*** V63D422A-A#*** 2 x 3/2 valves, solenoid actuated Function Port size Actuation Pilot supply Pilot exhaust Flow (l/min) Operating pressure (bar) Pilot pressure Model (bar) NC NC NC NC NC NO NO NO/NC NO/NC NO/NC G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Not collected Collected Not collected Collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Collected Not collected 500 500 950 950 1900 500 950 500 500 950 2 ... 8 2 ... 10 2 ... 8 2 ... 10 2 ... 8 2 ... 8 2 ... 8 2 ... 8 2 ... 10 2 ... 8 – – – – – – – – – – V60AA11A-A#*** V60AA11D-C#13A V61BA11A-A#*** V61BA11D-C#13A V62CA11A-A#*** V60AB11A-A#*** V61BB11A-A#*** V60AC11A-A#*** V60AC11D-C#13A V61BC11A-A#*** *** Insert coil code from table below or 000 for version without solenoid. For manual override options, substitute ‘#’ as follows: 2 = push and lock, 3 = push only. Note: Further mechanical spring return options on request NC = Normally closed NO = Normally open NC/NC = Both valves normally closed (port P) NO/NO = Both valves normally open (port P) NO/NC = 1 valve normally open, 1 valve normally closed (port P). Note: 2 x 3/2 valves must be used in a manifold system. For technical information about solenoid variants, please see ‘Coil and voltage codes’ on page 75 74 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en074 5/2 valves, solenoid actuated Port size Actuation Pilot supply Pilot exhaust Flow (l/min) Operating pressure (bar) Pilot pressure (bar) Model G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 Sol/air Sol/air Sol/Spring Sol/air Sol/air Sol/air Sol/air Sol/Spring Sol/air Sol/air Sol/air Sol/Spring Sol/Spring Sol/air Sol/air Sol/Spring Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Internal External Internal Internal External Internal External Internal Internal Internal External Internal External Internal External Internal Internal External Internal Internal External Internal Internal External Internal Not collected Not collected Not collected Collected Collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Collected Not collected Not collected Collected Not collected Not collected Not collected 750 750 750 750 750 1300 1300 1300 1300 2600 2600 2600 2600 4200 4200 4200 750 750 750 1300 1300 1300 2600 2600 4200 2 ... 8 -0,9 ... 8 3 ... 8 2 ... 10 -0,9 ... 10 2 ... 8 -0,9 ... 8 3 ... 8 2 ... 10 2 ... 8 -0,9 ... 8 3 ... 8 -0,9 ... 8 2 ... 8 -0,9 ... 8 3 ... 8 2 ... 8 -0,9 ... 8 2 ... 10 2 ... 8 -0,9 ... 8 2 ... 10 2 ... 8 -0,9 ... 8 2 ... 8 – 3 ... 8 – – 3 ... 10 – 3 ... 8 – – – 3 ... 8 – 3 ... 8 – 3 ... 8 – – 3 ... 8 – – 3 ... 8 – – 3 ... 8 – V60A513A-A#*** V60A523A-A#*** V60A517A-A#*** V60A513D-C#13A V60A523D-C#13A V61B513A-A#*** V61B523A-A#*** V61B517A-A#*** V61B513D-C#13A V62C513A-A#*** V62C523A-A#*** V62C517A-A#*** V62C527A-A#*** V63D513A-A#*** V63D523A-A#*** V63D517A-A#*** V60A511A-A#*** V60A522A-A#*** V60A511D-C#13A V61B511A-A#*** V61B522A-A#*** V61B511D-C#13A V62C511A-A#*** V62C522A-A#*** V63D511A-A#*** 5/3 valves, solenoid actuated Function Port size Actuation Pilot supply Pilot exhaust Flow (l/min) Operating pressure (bar) Pilot pressure (bar) Model APB APB APB APB APB APB APB APB APB COE COE COE COE COE COE COE COE COP COP COP COP G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Sol/Sol Internal External External Internal External Internal Internal External Internal Internal External Internal External Internal Internal External Internal Internal Internal External Internal Not collected Not collected Collected Not collected Not collected Collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Not collected Not collected 500 500 500 950 950 950 1900 1900 2200 500 500 950 950 950 1900 1900 2200 500 950 950 1900 3 ... 8 -0,9 ... 8 -0,9 ... 10 3 ... 8 -0,9 ... 8 3 ... 10 3 ... 8 -0,9 ... 8 2,5 .... 8 3 ... 8 -0,9 ... 8 3 ... 8 -0,9 ... 8 3 ... 10 3 ... 8 -0,9 ... 8 2,5 .... 8 3 ... 8 3 ... 8 -0,9 ... 8 3 ... 8 – 3 ... 8 3 ... 10 – 3 ... 8 – – 3 ... 8 – – 3 ... 8 – 3 ... 8 – – 3 ... 8 – – – 3 ... 8 – V60A611A-A#*** V60A622A-A#*** V60A622D-C#13A V61B611A-A#*** V61B622A-A#*** V61B611D-C#13A V62C611A-A#*** V62C622A-A#*** V63D611A-A#*** V60A711A-A#*** V60A722A-A#*** V61B711A-A#*** V61B722A-A#*** V61B711D-C#13A V62C711A-A#*** V62C722A-A#*** V63D711A-A#*** V60A811A-A#*** V61B811A-A#*** V61B822A-A#*** V62C811A-A#*** `*** Insert coil code from table below or 000 for version without solenoid. For manual override options, substitute ‘#’ as follows: 2 = push and lock, 3 = push only. Note: Further mechanical spring return options on request APB = All Ports Blocked, COE = Centre Open Exhaust, COP = Centre Open Pressure. COIL & VOLTAGE CODES 22 mm coil DIN EN 175 301-803 (DIN 43650 B) 22 mm coil industrial standard Voltage Coil code Power inrush/hold Model Voltage Coil code Power inrush/hold Model 24 V d.c. 24 V 50/60 Hz 48 V 50/60 Hz 110/120 V 50/60 Hz 220/240 V 50/60 Hz 13L 14L 16L 18L 19L 2W 4/2,5 VA 4/2,5 VA 4/2,5 VA 6/5 VA V10626-A13L V10626-A14L V10626-A16L V10626-A18L V10626-A19L 24 V d.c. 24 V 50/60 Hz 48 V 50/60 Hz 110/120 V 50/60 Hz 220/240 V 50/60 Hz 13J 14J 16J 18J 19J 2W 4/2,5 VA 4/2,5 VA 4/2,5 VA 6/5 VA QM/48/13J/21 QM/48/14J/21 QM/48/16J/21 QM/48/18J/21 QM/48/19J/21 Connector plugs must be ordered separately – see page 77 75 Valves V60 ... 63 SERIES In-line valves Solenoid and pilot actuated 3/2, 5/2, 5/3 and 2 x 3/2 3/2 valves, pilot actuated Function Port size Operator 12 Operator 10 NC NC NC NC NO NO NO NO – – – G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/8 G1/4 G1/2 Air Air Air Air Spring Spring Spring Spring Air Air Air Spring Spring Spring Spring Air Air Air Air Air Air Air Flow (l/min) 750 1300 2600 4200 750 1300 2600 4200 750 1300 4200 Operating pressure (bar) Pilot pressure (bar) Model -0,9 ... 10 -0,9 ... 10 -0,9 ... 10 -0,9 ... 16 -0,9 ... 10 -0,9 ... 10 -0,9 ... 10 -0,9 ... 16 -0,9 ... 10 -0,9 ... 10 -0,9 ... 16 2,5 ... 10 2,5 ... 10 2,5 ... 10 3 ... 16 2,5 ... 10 2,5 ... 10 2,5 ... 10 3 ... 16 1,5 ... 10 1,5 ... 10 1,5 ... 16 V60A4D7A-XA090 V61B4D7A-XA090 V62C4D7A-XA090 V63D4D7A-XA090 V60A3D7A-XA090 V61B3D7A-XA090 V62C3D7A-XA090 V63D3D7A-XA090 V60A4DDA-XA020 V61B4DDA-XA020 V63D4DDA-XA020 NC = Normally closed NO = Normally open 2 x 3/2 valves, pilot actuated Function Port size Operator 14 Operator 12 Flow (l/min) Operating pressure (bar) Pilot pressure (bar) Model NC NC G1/8 G1/4 Air Air Air Air 500 950 2 ... 10 2 ... 10 2 ... 10 2 ... 10 V60AADDA-XA020 V61BADDA-XA020 5/2 valves, pilot actuated Port size Operator 12 Operator 10 Flow (l/min) Operating pressure (bar) G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 Air Air Air Air Air Air Air Air Spring Spring Spring Spring Air Air Air Air 750 1300 2600 4200 750 1300 2600 4200 -0,9 ... 10 -0,9 ... 10 -0,9 ... 10 -0,9 ... 16 -0,9 ... 10 -0,9 ... 10 -0,9 ... 10 -0,9 ... 16 Pilot pressure (bar) 2,5 ... 10 2,5 ... 10 2,5 ... 10 3 ... 16 1,5 ... 10 1,5 ... 10 1,5 ... 10 1,5 ... 16 Model V60A5D7A-XA090 V61B5D7A-XA090 V62C5D7A-XA090 V63D5D7A-XA090 V60A5DDA-XA020 V61B5DDA-XA020 V62C5DDA-XA020 V63D5DDA-XA020 5/3 valves, pilot actuated Function Port size Operator 14 Operator 12 Flow (l/min) Operating pressure (bar) Pilot pressure (bar) Model APB APB APB COE COE COP G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 Air Air Air Air Air Air Air Air Air Air Air Air 500 950 1900 500 950 500 -0,9 ... 10 -0,9 ... 10 -0,9 ... 10 -0,9 ... 10 -0,9 ... 10 -0,9 ... 10 3 ... 10 3 ... 10 3 ... 10 3 ... 10 3 ... 10 3 ... 10 V60A6DDA-XA020 V61B6DDA-XA020 V62C6DDA-XA020 V60A7DDA-XA020 V61B7DDA-XA020 V60A8DDA-XA020 Note: Internal switching in middle position via spring. APB = All Ports Blocked, COE = Centre Open Exhaust, COP = Centre Open Pressure. ACCESSORIES Valves Connectors Silencer sintered bronze 0014510 0014610 0014710 0014810 76 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 Industrial standard 22 mm 2-pole + PE 0680000 15...30 V d.c.; LED, surge suppression DIN EN 175301-803 (DIN 43650 B) 2-pole + PE DIN EN 175301-803 (DIN 43650 C) 3-pole + PE 0680003 12 ... 250 V a.c./d.c. 0664811 15 ... 30 V d.c.; LED, surge suppression 0664812 150 ... 250 V a.c.; glim lamp 0588666 0102144 12...250 V a.c./d.c. 12...250 V a.c./d.c.; cable 3 m 22 mm Plugs according to Industrial Standard Connector Cable length Voltage a.c. d.c. Features Model Plug with moulded cable Plug with moulded cable 1000 mm 3000 mm 250 V 250 V 250 V 250 V – – M/P43313/1 M/P43313/3 Indicator plug Indicator plug Plug with cable gland and indicator – – – 10 ... 50 V 10 ... 50 V 70 ... 110 V 70 ... 250 V 150 ... 240 V 150 ... 240 V Lamp Neon Neon M/P24121/1 M/P24121/2 M/P24121/3 Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable 1000 mm 3000 mm 1000 mm 3000 mm 1000 mm 3000 mm 24 V 24 V 110 V 110 V 220 V 220 V LED,VDR LED,VDR LED,VDR LED,VDR LED,VDR LED,VDR M/P43314/11 M/P43314/13 M/P43314/21 M/P43314/23 M/P43314/31 M/P43314/33 Light emitting gasket Light emitting gasket Light emitting gasket – – – 12 ... 24 V 12 ... 24 V 110 ... 120 V 110 ... 120 V 220 ... 240 V 220 ... 240 V Green LED Green LED Green LED M/P40859 M/P40886 M/P40860 24 V 24 V 110 V 110 V 220 V 220 V 77 Valves EXCEL 22 (M/48, M/49) Solenoid actuated 22 mm poppet valves Sub-base mounted 3/2, NC, GΩ Sub-base mounted and manifold mounted – compact and convenient Manual override as standard TECHNICAL DATA Connection Function Actuation Mounting Model 1,0 mm orifice (low power) 1,6 mm orifice G1/8 G1/8 3/2 NC 3/2 NC Sol/spring Sol/spring Single Manifold M/49/MAZ*** DM/49/MAZ***/T# M/49/MDZ*** DM/49/MDZ***/T# *** Insert voltage codes from table below. # Add number of valves in manifold up to 6 maximum. Order connector plugs separately. Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated and non lubricated. Voltage codes Voltage 1,0 mm orifice (low power) Code Power Coil 1,6 mm orifice Code Power Coil 12 V d.c. 24 V d.c. 24 V 50/60 Hz 110/120 V 50/60 Hz 220/240 V 50/60 Hz 12J 13J 14J 18J 19J 82J 83J 84J 88J 89J 7,5 W 6W 12/8 VA 12/8 VA 12/8 VA QM/48/82J/21 QM/48/83J/21 QM/48/84J/21 QM/48/88J/21 QM/48/89J/21 Operating pressure: 0 to 10 bar Flow: Orifice 1,0 mm 1,6 mm l/min 30 77 2W 2W 4/2,5 VA 4/2,5 VA 6/5 VA QM/48/12J/21 QM/48/13J/21 QM/48/14J/21 QM/48/18J/21 QM/48/19J/21 Ambient temperature: -20°C to +50°C. Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C. 22 mm Plugs according to Industrial Standard Connector Plug with moulded cable Plug with moulded cable 78 Cable length Voltage a.c. d.c. 1000 mm 3000 mm 250 V 250 V 250 V 250 V Features Model – – M/P43313/1 M/P43313/3 Indicator plug – Indicator plug – Plug with cable gland and indicator – 10 ... 50 V 10 ... 50 V Lamp 70 ... 110 V 70 ... 250 V Neon 150 ... 240 V 150 ... 240 V Neon M/P24121/1 M/P24121/2 M/P24121/3 Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable 1000 mm 3000 mm 1000 mm 3000 mm 1000 mm 3000 mm 24 V 24 V 110 V 110 V 220 V 220 V M/P43314/11 M/P43314/13 M/P43314/21 M/P43314/23 M/P43314/31 M/P43314/33 Light emitting gasket Light emitting gasket Light emitting gasket – – – 12 ... 24 V 12 ... 24 V Green LED 110 ... 120 V 110 ... 120 V Green LED 220 ... 240 V 220 ... 240 V Green LED M/P40859 M/P40886 M/P40860 Plug with cable gland – 12 ... 250 V 0657868000000 24 V 24 V 110 V 110 V 220 V 220 V 12 ... 250 V LED,VDR LED,VDR LED,VDR LED,VDR LED,VDR LED,VDR – www.norgren.com/info/nec/en078 EXCEL 32 V04 & V05 SERIES Solenoid actuated 32 mm poppet valves In-line & sub-base mounted 2/2 & 3/2, GΩ, G∞ Extensive range of power and orifice size options Compact installation Removeable coil Standard exhaust diffuser Choice of manual override TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated and non lubricated. Function Mounting Orifice (mm) Operating pressure (bar) Model 3/2 NO 3/2 NC 2/2 NC 3/2 NC 2/2 NC 3/2 NC 3/2 NO 3/2 NC 2/2 NC 2/2 NC Interface Interface Interface Interface G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 2,0 2,0 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,0 2,0 2,5 2,5 3,0 0 ... 10 0 ... 10 0 ... 16 0 ... 10 0 ... 10 0 ... 10 0 ... 10 0 ... 10 0 ... 10 0 ... 13 V04X386L-B62*A V04X486L-B62*A V05X286M-B63*A V05X486M-B63*A V04A286M-B62*A V04A486L-B62*A V04A386L-B62*A V05A486M-B63*A V04B286M-B42*A V05B286N-B43*A * Insert voltage codes from table below. Order connector plugs separately. For interface valves use manifold M/P35598/#. # = number of stations from 1 to 6 Operating pressure: Voltage codes & spare coils – V04 and V05 Maximum 16 bar. See individual details. Flow: Orifice Ø 2,0 mm 2,5 mm 3,0 mm Interface 95 l/min 150 l/min – GΩ, G∞ 120 l/min 190 l/min 260 l/min Ambient temperature: Voltage Code Coil V04 V05 12 V d.c. 24 V d.c. 24 V 50/60 Hz 48 V 50/60 Hz 110 ...120 V 50/60 Hz 220 ... 240 V 50/60 Hz 2 3 4 6 8 9 V04X286A-Q1222 V04X286A-Q1223 V04X286A-Q1224 V04X286A-Q1226 V04X286A-Q1228 V04X286A-Q1229 – V05X286A-Q1233 V05X286A-Q1234 – V05X286A-Q1238 V05X286A-Q1239 -20°C to +50°C. Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C. 30 mm Plugs according to DIN 43 650 Table A, IP65 Connector www.norgren.com/info/nec/en079 Cable length Voltage a.c. d.c. Features Model Plug with moulded cable Plug with moulded cable 1000 mm 3000 mm 250 V 250 V 250 V 250 V – – M/P43315/1 M/P43315/3 Plug with cable gland Plug with cable gland Plug with cable gland Plug with cable gland Plug with cable gland – – – – – 250 V – 250 V 12 ... 250 V 12 ... 240 V 300 V 240 V 300 V 12 ... 250 V 12 ... 240 V – – – – – M/P15737 M/P19117 0570275 0663303 0570110 Indicator plug Indicator plug Plug with cable gland and indicator – – – 10 ... 50 V 10 ... 50 V Lamp 70 ... 115 V 70 ... 115 V Neon 150 ... 240 V 150 ... 240 V Neon M/P24120/1 M/P24120/2 M/P24120/3 Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable Indicator plug with moulded cable 1000 mm 3000 mm 3000 mm 1000 mm 3000 mm 24 V 24 V 110 V 220 V 220 V M/P43316/11 M/P43316/13 M/P43316/23 M/P43316/31 M/P43316/33 Light emitting gaskets Light emitting gaskets Light emitting gaskets – – – 12 ... 24 V 12 ... 24 V Green LED 110 ... 120 V 110 ... 120 V Green LED 220 ... 240 V 220 ... 240 V Green LED 24 V 24 V 110 V 220 V 220 V LED,VDR LED,VDR LED,VDR LED,VDR LED,VDR M/P40861 M/P40880 M/P40862 79 Valves TWO-HAND CONTROL UNIT GΩ 1 2 Certificate of Conformity supplied with every unit Notified Body Approval from BSI Testing Meets the requirements of EN574 Class IIIB* Both hands must be engaged simultaneously Single fault tolerant Protection against accidental operation No setting or adjustment required Switch ‘On’ Switch ‘Off’ Model Both buttons must be operated within 0,5 secs 0,6 secs max. M/2720 *The scope of the Machinery Directive encompasses safety components as well as machinery, and since two-hand control units are classed as safety components this requires the M/2720 to satisfy the essential health and safety requirements of the Directive. One method of ensuring this is to conform with published European Norm (EN) Standards. In the case of the M/2720 the main standard is EN574 Safety of Machinery – Two Hand Control Devices, Functional Aspects – Principles for Design. This standard classifies two-hand controls into various types, each requiring minimum performance and safety characteristics, such as simultaneous operation, fault tolerance, prevention of accidental operation etc. In addition, the M/2720 is dimensionally identical to the M/2710 which it directly replaces. TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air filtered to 40 µm, lubricated or non-lubricated. Operating pressure: 3 to 8 bar Ambient temperature: +5°C to +40°C. Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C. 80 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en080 GO ONLINE TO NORGREN.COM It's never been easier to browse, select and buy your pneumatic components online, and benefit from user-friendly online tools and services. Norgren's unique online toolbox is available for business 24 hours a day, seven days a week. > > Find products quickly using the online catalogue > > Instant price and availability check - it only takes seconds > > Buy online securely using your Norgren trade account > > Check the status of ALL orders (phone, fax, online) > > Download 2D and 3D CAD drawings in 15 formats > > Get the latest Norgren literature, including technical datasheets and new product colour brochures > > Free and easy access to training modules and application examples ONLINEADVANTAGE 1 2 3 1. Browse the catalogue 2. Select the product you need 3. Buy securely online www.norgren.com Valves SUPER X Manually & mechanically actuated spool valve In-line 3/2, 5/2 & 5/3, GΩ, G∞ Wide range of operators Suitable for multi-directional flow and dual supply applications High flow capacity Lightweight corrosion resistant materials TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated and non-lubricated Operating pressure: Maximum 10 bar. Flow: Size G1/8 G1/4 l/min 335 965 Mechanical Port size Function Actuation kg Model Service kit G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 Roller lever (heavy duty) /Spring Plunger /Spring Roller /Spring One-way trip /Spring Roller lever /Spring Sensitve roller lever /Spring Antenna /Spring Plunger /Spring Roller /Spring Roller lever /Spring Roller lever (heavy duty) /Spring Plunger /Spring Roller /Spring Roller lever /Spring Sensitive roller lever /Spring Antenna /Spring Plunger /Spring Roller /Spring Roller lever /Spring 0,21 0,14 0,14 0,21 0,21 0,25 0,21 0,34 0,34 0,41 0,29 0,25 0,25 0,32 0,36 0,30 0,46 0,46 0,53 03 0293 02 03 0400 02 03 0402 02 03 0410 02 03 0411 02 03 0423 02 03 0432 02 03 0600 02 03 0602 02 03 0611 02 X3 0393 02 X3 0440 02 X3 0442 02 X3 0451 02 X3 0463 02 X3 0472 02 X3 0640 02 X3 0642 02 X3 0651 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 – – 03 8602 02 03 8602 02 03 8602 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 – – 03 8602 02 03 8602 02 03 8602 02 Ambient temperature: 0°C to +70°C. Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C. 82 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en082 Manual Port size Function Actuation Mid position Colour kg Model Service kit G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/3 5/3 5/3 5/3 5/3 5/3 5/3 5/3 Button (palm)/spring Button (palm)/spring Button (palm)/spring Toggle/toggle Button/spring Button/spring Button/spring Button (shrouded)/spring Button (shrouded)/spring Button (shrouded)/spring Key/key Rotary knob/rotary knob Knob/knob or pilot Knob/knob Emergency stop/twist ring Lever/lever Lever/spring Pedal/spring Pedal/pedal Button/spring Knob/knob Knob/knob or pilot Lever/lever Lever/spring Pedal/spring Toggle/toggle Button/spring Button (shrouded)/spring Key/key Rotary knob/rotary knob Knob/knob or pilot Knob, push/knob, pull Emergency stop/twist ring Lever/lever Lever/spring Pedal/spring Pedal/pedal Button/spring Knob/knob Lever/lever Lever/spring Pedal/spring Pedal/pedal Lever/lever/lever Lever/spring/lever Lever/lever/lever Lever/spring/lever Lever/lever/lever Lever/spring/lever Lever/lever/lever Lever/spring/lever – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – APB APB COE COE APB APB COE COE Red Green Black Black Black Green Red Black Green Red Chrome Black Black Black Red Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Chrome Black Black Black Red Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black 0,29 0,29 0,29 0,16 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,21 0,21 0,21 0,36 0,29 0,21 0,17 0,31 0,29 0,28 1,03 1,07 0,35 0,37 0,41 0,49 0,48 1,23 0,27 0,26 0,32 0,47 0,40 0,32 0,28 0,54 0,40 0,40 1,12 1,18 0,47 0,49 0,61 0,60 1,33 1,39 0,44 0,85 0,44 0,85 0,65 1,06 0,65 1,06 03 0366 02 03 0367 02 03 0368 02 03 0403 02 03 0404 02 03 0405 02 03 0406 02 03 0414 02 03 0415 02 03 0416 02 03 0418 02 801 03 0298 02 03 0424 02 03 0425 02 03 0299 02 03 0437 02 03 0438 02 03 0481 02 03 0483 02 03 0604 02 03 0625 02 03 0627 02 03 0637 02 03 0638 02 03 0681 02 X3 0443 02 X3 0444 02 X3 0454 02 X3 0458 02 801 X3 0298 02 X3 0464 02 X3 0465 02 X3 0299 02 X3 0477 02 X3 0478 02 X3 0482 02 X3 0484 02 X3 0644 02 X3 0665 02 X3 0677 02 X3 0678 02 X3 0682 02 X3 0684 02 X3 3437 02 X3 3438 02 X3 3477 02 X3 3478 02 X3 3637 02 X3 3638 02 X3 3677 02 X3 3678 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8473 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8602 02 03 8602 02 03 8612 02 03 8602 02 03 8602 02 03 8602 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8473 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8602 02 03 8602 02 03 8602 02 03 8602 02 03 8602 02 03 8602 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8408 02 03 8602 02 03 8602 02 03 8602 02 03 8602 02 APB = All Ports Blocked COE = Centre Open Exhaust 83 Valves VP12 Miniature proportional valve GΩ Proven low power technology Reliable, rugged, open-loop device Compact and flexible design Excellent performance characteristics Output pressures up to 8 bar Control signal Output pressure (bar) Model 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 4 0 ... 4 0 ... 8 0 ... 8 VP1204BG401Q00 VP1204BG101Q00 VP1208BG401Q00 VP1208BG101Q00 Electrical information TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Oil free, dry air, filtered to 5 µm Output pressure: 0 to 1 bar (0 to 15 psi), 0 to 2 bar (0 to 30 psi), 0 to 4 bar (0 to 60 psi), 0 to 6 bar (0 to 90 psi), 0 to 8 bar (0 to 120 psi) Supply pressure: Minimum 1,5 bar (22 psi) above maximum output pressure (10 bar (150 psi) maximum) Electromagnetic compatibility Electrical input signal Electrical power input Connections CE marked: conforms to EC requirements EN 50081-2 (1994) and EN 50082-2 (1995) 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 10 V factory set 24 V d.c. ±25% (power consumption < 1 W) 3 wire terminal block Instrument pin configuration Span pot 1 2 3 +24 V d.c. supply (+ve) Control signal (+ve) Common (d.c. supply, signal and feedback return) (-ve) Ambient temperature: 0°C to +60°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C. 84 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en084 VP50 SERIES Proportional pressure control valve G∞ p Closed loop air pilot operated proportional pressure control valve Adjustable for a wide range of applications Fast response Low power consumption High flow Control signal Output pressure (bar) Model 0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 0 ... 10 0 ... 8 0 ... 8 0 ... 6 0 ... 6 0 ... 2 0 ... 2 VP5010BJ111H00 VP5010BJ411H00 VP5008BJ111H00 VP5008BJ411H00 VP5006BJ111H00 VP5006BJ411H00 VP5002BJ111H00 VP5002BJ411H00 TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air filtered to 50 µm, nonlubricated Electrical information Electromagnetic compatibility Supply pressure: 14 bar max. Flow: Up to 1200 l/min at 11 bar supply pressure Electrical input signal Electrical power input Output pressure feedback signal Connections CE marked: conforms to EC requirements EN 50081-2 (1994) and EN 50082-2 (1995) 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 10 V factory set 24 V d.c. ±25% (power consumption < 1 W) 0 ... 10 V full range M12 5 pin Ambient temperature: -20°C to +50°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C. Instrument pin configuration 1 4 5 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 +24 V d.c. supply 0 to 10 full range Control signal (+ve) Common (DC supply, signal and feedback return) Chassis (earth) ACCESSORIES Connector with 5 m moulded cable 0250081 0000 00000 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en0 85 Valves VP51 SERIES Programmable proportional pressure control valve G∞, ∞ NPT P A D Closed loop air pilot digital proportional control valve Fully programmable with on-board diagnostics Multi-language menu option Password protection option at first level functionality Instant LED warning functions Application specific set-up Pressure output display; no gauge necessary High speed response Control signal Output Model pressure (bar) 0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 0 ... 10 VP5110BJ111H00 VP5110BJ411H00 Electrical information Electromagnetic compatibility Electrical input signal Electrical power input Output pressure feedback signal Connections CE marked: conforms to EC requirements EN 50081-2 (1994) and EN 50082-2 (1995) 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 10 V factory set 24 V d.c. ±25% (power consumption < 1 W) 0 to 10 V full range or user-configurable switched output M12 5 pin TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered to 50 µm, non-lubricated Instrument pin configuration 1 4 Output pressure: 5 User adjustable up to 10 bar Supply pressure: 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 +24 V d.c. supply Monitor output Control signal (+ve) Common (d.c. supply, signal and feedback return) Chassis (earth) 14 bar max Ambient temperature: -20°C to +50°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C. ACCESSORIES Connector with 5 m moulded cable 0250081 0000 00000 86 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en086 HERION 26230 NAMUR SERIES Indirect solenoid actuated spool valves 6 mm orifice (ND) 3/2, 5/2, 5/3, G∞, G≥ 2 3 2 4 12 10 14 4 2 12 14 12 315 513 13 For single and double operated actuators Standard manual override with detent Compact design High flow rate Simple design of soft spool seal system Maintenance-free Easily interchangeable solenoid system Exhaust air recirculation TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated and non-lubricated Port size 1, 3, (5) 2 (4) G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 Flange (Namur) Flange Flange G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 Function Actuation Orifice (mm) Operating pressure (bar) kv value (m3/h)* Model 5/2 5/2 3/2, 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/3 COE 5/3 APB 5/3 COP 5/2 5/2 5/3 COE 5/3 APB Solenoid 2 x Solenoid 2 x Solenoid Solenoid 2 x Solenoid 2 x Solenoid 2 x Solenoid 2 x Solenoid Solenoid 2 x Solenoid 2 x Solenoid 2 x Solenoid 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 12 12 12 12 2 ... 8 2 ... 8 2 ... 8 1 .. 10 1 .. 10 3 .. 10 3 .. 10 3 .. 10 2 ... 10 2 ... 10 2,5 ... 10 2,5 ... 10 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 0,9 0,9 0,9 3,0 3,0 2,2 2,2 2623077xxxx***** 2623177xxxx***** 2623179xxxx***** 2623000xxxx***** 2623100xxxx***** 2623200xxxx***** 2623300xxxx***** 2623400xxxx***** 2623500xxxx***** 2623600xxxx***** 2623700xxxx***** 2623800xxxx***** xxxx Insert solenoid codes from table below. ***** Insert voltage codes from table below Port 3 not throttleable APB= All Ports Blocked, COE = Centre Open Exhaust, COP = Centre Open Pressure. Operating pressure: 1 to 10 bar Flow direction: Voltage codes Fixed Voltage Mounting position: 24 V d.c. 24 V a.c. 230 V a.c. Without coil Optional, preferably with solenoid on top Ambient temperature: -10°C to 50 °C ACCESSORIES Substitute Connectors 02400 02450 23050 00000 For temperatures below 0°C use conditioned dry air. If installed outdoors protect all connections against the penetration of moisture Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C 0680003 Form B Electrical connection: Connector interface to DIN 43650 form B SOLENOID ACTUATORS Power consumption 24 V d.c. 230 V a.c. (VA) (W) Voltage 24 V d.c. 230 V a.c. (mA) (mA) Protection category Protection class 1,7 – – – – IP 65 (with connector) 1,6 3,5 30 – – IP 65 (with connector) Electrical connection kg Model -40 ... +50 DIN EN 175301–803 Form B 4) 0,054 3050 -40 ... +50 DIN EN 175301-803 Form A 6) 0,090 3036 Temperatures Ambient/fluid °C 4) Connector not supplied, see ‘Accessories’ table 6) Connector not supplied; required connector: part no. 0570275, see ‘Accessories’ table. www.norgren.com/info/nec/en0 87 Valves BUSCHJOST 82400 SERIES Indirect solenoid actuated diaphragm valves 8 to 50 mm orifice (ND) 2/2, NC, G∞ to G2 A a b ab P High flow rate Damped operation Clear compact design Solenoid interchangeable without tools (Click-on®) Particularly suitable for use as water valve in accordance with DIN EN 60730-2-8 TECHNICAL DATA Orifice (mm) Port size Operating pressure (bar) kv value m3/h Total weight (kg) Type d.c. or a.c. solenoid 8 10 12 20 25 32 40 50 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1 G 1∞ G 1≥ G2 0,1 ... 16 0,1 ... 16 0,1 ... 16 0,1 ... 16 0,1 ... 16 0,1 ... 10 (16**) 0,1 ... 10 (16**) 0,1 ... 10 (16**) 1,90 3,00 3,80 6,10 9,50 23,00 25,00 41,00 0,47 0,45 0,50 0,65 0,95 2,73 2,53 3,85 8240000xxxx***** 8240100xxxx***** 8240200xxxx***** 8240300xxxx***** 8240400xxxx***** 8240500xxxx***** 8240600xxxx***** 8240700xxxx***** xxxx Insert solenoid codes from table below. ***** Insert voltage codes from table below Medium: Neutral gases and liquid fluids Flow direction: Fixed Mounting position: Optional, preferably with solenoid upright Voltage codes Voltage 24 V d.c. 24 V a.c. 50 Hz 230 V a.c. Without coil Substitute 02400 02450 23050 00000 Type-tested up to 25 mm orifice size in accordance with DIN EN 60730-2-8 Solenoid valves Test institute TÜV Rheinland / Brandenburg Fluid temperature: -10°C to +90°C max. Ambient temperature: +50°C max. MATERIALS Body: brass Seat seal: NBR (Perbunan) Internal parts: stainless steel, PVDF For contaminated fluids installation of an upstream filter is recommended. SOLENOID ACTUATORS Power consumption 24 V d.c. 230 V a.c. (W) (VA) Voltage 24 V d.c. (mA) 230 V a.c. (mA) 8 333 52 15/12 Category – Protection class Temperatures °C Fluid* Ambient** Electrical connection Model IP 65 +90 max. DIN EN 175301-803 9101 -25 ... +50 * The maximum temperature depends on the valve type ** The maximum temperature may be higher, depending on the application. Version as per VDE 0580, duty cycle 100%. Power consumption with coil temperature of +20°C. With the solenoid coil at operating temperature (d.c.), the power consumption is up to 30% lower for physical reasons 88 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en088 BUSCHJOST 82530 SERIES Solenoid actuated diaphragm valves with forced lifting 10 mm orifice (ND) 2/2, NC, G∞ to G≥ A a ab b Suitable for vacuum Compact solenoid with integrated core tube Valve operates without pressure differential (∂p) Operating pressure 0 to 20 bar with a.c. coil and NBR seals Orifice (mm) Port size Operating pressure (bar) 10 10 10 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 0 ... 10 0 ... 10 0 ... 10 kv value m3/h 1,50 1,70 1,70 Total weight (kg) Model 0,50 0,50 0,60 8253000xxxx***** 8253100xxxx***** 8253200xxxx***** xxxx Insert solenoid codes from table below. ***** Insert voltage codes from table below Voltage codes TECHNICAL DATA Voltage 24 V d.c. 24 V a.c. 50 Hz 230 V a.c. 50 Hz Without coil Medium: Neutral gases and liquid fluids Flow direction: Substitute 02400 02450 23050 00000 Fixed Mounting position: Optional, but preferably with solenoid facing vertically upwards Fluid temperature: -10°C to +90°C max. Ambient temperature: -10°C to +50°C max. MATERIALS Body: brass, PA 66 Seat seal: NBR (Perbunan) Internal parts: stainless steel 1.4104/430F, 1.4303, PVDF For contaminated fluids installation of an upstream filter is recommended. SOLENOID ACTUATORS Power consumption 24 V d.c. 230 V a.c. (W) (VA) Voltage 24 V d.c. 230 V a.c. (mA) (mA) Category Protection class 12/12 500 – IP 65 20/16 70 Temperatures °C Fluid* Ambient** +90 max.. -25 ... +50 Electrical connection Model DIN EN 175301-803 8001 * The maximum temperature depends on the valve type ** The maximum temperature may be higher, depending on the application. According to VDE 0580, 100% rated Power consumption calculated with coil at +20°C, for d.c. coils at operating temperature, power consumption is up to 30% lower www.norgren.com/info/nec/en0 89 Valves BUSCHJOST 84500 / 84520 SERIES Pressure actuated angle seat valves 15 to 50 mm orifice (ND) 2/2, G≥ to G2 A a Z ab b P Interchangeable for NC, NO or double acting functions Visual position indicator is standard Damped closing (valve closes against flow direction) Suitable for contaminated flow fluids Suitable for vacuum up to max. 90% Reversed flow direction optional High flow rate Liquid pilot fluids possible TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Orifice (mm) Port size 15 20 25 32 40 50 15 20 25 G1/2 G3/4 G1 G1∞ G1≥ G2 G1/2 G3/4 G1 Operating pressure (bar) 0 ... 16,0 (25) 0 ... 10,0 (16) 0 ... 10,0 0 ... 7,0 0 ... 4,5 0 ... 3,0 0 ... 16,0 (25) 0 ... 10,0 (16) 0 ... 10,0 Pilot pressure (bar) kv value (m3/h) kg Model 3,5 ... 10 3,5 ... 10 3,5 ... 10 3,5 ... 10 3,5 ... 10 3,5 ... 10 3,5 ... 10 3,5 ... 10 3,5 ... 10 4,8 10 14 23 30 37 4,8 10 14 1,4 1,5 1,8 2,4 2,7 3,9 1,4 1,5 1,8 8450200 0000 8450300 0000 8450400 0000 8450500 0000 8450600 0000 8450700 0000 8452200 0000 8452300 0000 8452400 0000 Neutral gases and liquid fluids (84500 Series) Aggressive gases and liquid fluids (84520 Series) Flow direction: Fixed Mounting: Optional Fluid temperature: -10°C to +180°C max. Ambient temperature: -10°C to +60°C max. Pilot fluid: Neutral gases Pilot fluid temperature: +60°C max. MATERIALS Valve Body: brass CW602N (84500 Series), stainless steel (84520 Series) Seat seal: PTFE Internal parts: brass, stainless steel Seal packing: Teflon (PTFE)/Viton (FPM) Actuator Body: polyamide 66 with glass fibre 30% Seals: NBR Internal parts: brass, stainless steel 90 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en090 HERION 97100 SERIES Indirect solenoid actuated spool valves For single and double acting actuators with NAMUR interface 6 mm orifice (ND) 3/2, 5/2, 5/3, NC/APB, G∞ 42 14 4 2 42 12 12 14 513 12 14 513 513 3/2 or 5/2 way function via adapter plates Exhaust air recirculation Crossover-free switching, switchover function guaranteed even with small cross section air supply Rest position in the event of power failure (monostable design) Manual override with detent Compact design Simple design of soft seal spool system Easily interchangeable solenoid 3/2, 5/2 & 5/3 valves TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Port size 1 3 (5) 2, 4 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 Flange Flange Flange Function Actuation kv value m‹/h kg Model NC NC APB Solenoid/Spring Solenoid/Solenoid Solenoid/Solenoid 0,75 0,75 0,50 0,25 0,35 0,40 9710000xxxx***** 9711000xxxx***** 9712000xxxx***** 3/2, 5/2 & 5/3 valves for minimal electrical power Compressed air, filtered, lubricated and non-lubricated Operating pressure: 2 to 8 bar Port size 1 3 (5) 2, 4 G 1/4 G 1/4 Flange Flange G 1/8 G 1/8 Function Actuation kv value m‹/h kg Model NC APB Solenoid/Spring Solenoid/Solenoid 0,75 0,50 0,25 0,40 9710002xxxx***** 9712002xxxx***** Flow direction: xxxx Insert solenoid codes from table below. ***** Insert voltage codes from table below Fixed APB = All Ports Blocked Exterior free of non-ferrous metals Mounting position: Optional ACCESSORIES Voltage codes Ambient temperature: Voltage 24 V d.c. 24 V a.c. 230 V a.c. Valve: -25 to +50 °C Solenoid: See solenoid table With minus temperatures, use conditioned dry air. If installed in the open protect all connections against the penetration of moisture Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Substitute 02400 02450 23050 Electrical connection: Silencer Connectors 0014500 (G1/8)* 0570275 Form A 0663303 with rectifier 0680003 Form B Acc. to DIN 175301-803 form A * For indoor use SOLENOID ACTUATORS 3/2, 5/2 & 5/3 valves for minimal electrical power Electrical connection kg Model -40 ... +50 DIN EN 175301-803 Form B 6) 0,054 3050 IP 65 (with connector) 2) -40 ... +50 DIN EN 175301-803 Form A 6) 0,090 3034 IP 65 (with connector) -40 ... +50 DIN EN 175301-803 Form A 6) 0,090 3036 Power consumption 24 V d.c. 230 V a.c. (VA) (W) Voltage 24 V d.c. 230 V a.c. (mA) (mA) Protection category Protection class Temperatures Ambient/fluid 1,7 – – – – IP 65 (with connector) 0,7 0,7 2) – – – 1,6 3,5 30 – – °C Standard voltages 24 V d.c., 230 V a.c. Other voltages on request. Design acc. to VDE 0580, EN 50014/50028. 100% duty cycle. 2) Valves can be operated with d.c. only. For 230 V a.c. application please use 206 V d.c. coil together with rectifier plug 0663303 6) Connector not supplied; required connector for d.c.: part no. 0680003, see ‘Accessories’ table. www.norgren.com/info/nec/en0 91 Valves HERION 24011 SERIES Direct solenoid actuated poppet valves 5 mm orifice (ND) 3/2, Universal, G∞, ∞ NPT, flange with NAMUR interface 3 2 2 12 1 3 3 1 2 Main application: single operated process actuators TÜV-approval based on IEC 61 508, DIN V 19 251. Approvals: DIN EN 161/3394 DVGW, group Rm and EN 13611 Valves for safety systems to SIL 4 or AK 7 Standard NAMUR type manifold system for easy assembly Redundancy: 1 of 2, 2 of 3 Valve switches at power failure into starting position (mechanical return spring) Rest position in the event of power failure provided by mechanical return spring These solenoids are ATEX approved Suitable for outdoor use under critical environment conditions (see solenoid list) Valves with threaded connection Solenoid group Brass valves A+B G 1/4 A+B G 1/4 A+B 1/4 NPT Materials Seat seal Manual override 0 ... 10 0 ... 10 0 ... 10 NBR FKM NBR – – – Model Test certificate IEC 61 508** 0,65 0,65 0,65 2401103xxxx***** 2401126xxxx***** 2401138xxxx***** 0,65 2401147xxxx***** ¬ ¬ Aluminium valves anodized Solenoid group Port size Operating pressure (bar)# Materials Seat seal Manual override kg Model Test certificate IEC 61 508** A+B G 1/4 0 ... 10 NBR Add-on 0,55 2401109xxxx***** ¬ xxxx Insert solenoid code from tables below. ***** Insert voltage code from table below ** Approval is not included in delivery, part No. 0695241. # Viscosity for gaseous or liquid fluids up to 40 mm2/s Approval S 137/01, SIL 4 for low demand mode, SIL 3 for high demand mode, Approval S 83/96, AK 7 (request from manufacturer) Particulary for valves with TÜV approval and installation in plants, based on safety standards DIN V 19250, IEC 61511, taking into account Maintenance instruction document 7503444. The responsibility for the maintenance and repair of the solenoid valves lies with the users or the supervisory authority for these process systems. ACCESSORIES Voltage codes Optional, preferably vertical kg Valves with NAMUR interface Medium: Operating pressure: 0 to 10 bar Flow: 340 l/min Flow direction: Optional Mounting position: Operating pressure (bar)# Stainless steel valves (1.4404/316L) for aggressive environment A 1/4 NPT 0 ... 10 FKM – TECHNICAL DATA Neutral or aggressive gaseous or liquid fluids Port size Fluid temperature: Voltage 24 V d.c. 24 V a.c. 230 V a.c. -25°C to +80°C NBR -10°C to +120°C FPM, water up to +95°C -40°C to +60°C VMQ Substitute 02400 02450 23050 For temperatures below 0°C use conditioned dry air. If installed outdoors protect all connections against the penetration of moisture. Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Cable glands Protection class EEx e, EEx d (ATEX), Ms nickel plated brass Connectors EEx e 0588819 (for solenoid 42xx /46xx M20 x 1,5) 0570275 GROUP A SOLENOIDS Power consumption 230 V a.c. 24 V d.c. (VA) (W) Voltage 24 V d.c. (mA) 230 V a.c. (mA) 16,9 703 – Power consumption 230 V a.c. 24 V d.c. (VA) (W) Voltage 24 V d.c. (mA) 230 V a.c. (mA) 4 – 162 – – 5,3 – 23 4 – 162 – – Protection category Protection class Temperatures Ambient/fluid °C Electrical connection kg Model – IP00 without plug 5) IP65 with plug 5) -25 ... +60 DIN EN175301-803 Form A 6) 0,33 0800 7) Protection category Protection class Temperatures Ambient/fluid °C Electrical connection kg Model II2G II2D II2G II2D II2G II2D EEx me II T4/T6 2) IP66 T130°C EEx me II T4/T6 2) IP66 T130°C EEx md IIC T4/T6 3) EEx me IIC T4/T6 3) IP66 T130°C -40 ... +80/+55 M20 x 1,5 6) 0,6 4260 8) -40 ... +80/+55 M20 x 1,5 6) 0,6 4261 8) -40 ... +80/+55 1/2 NPT 6) 0,8 4660 8) GROUP B SOLENOIDS Standard voltages 24 V d.c., 230 V a.c. Other voltages on request. Design acc. to VDE 0580, EN 50014/50028. 100% duty cycle. 2) Category II 2 GD, EC-Type Examination Certificate KEMA 98 ATEX 4452 X 6) Connector/cable gland not supplied, see ‘Accessories’ table 7) Suitable for outdoor installation only if equipped with a special protection (e.g. cubicle installation) 3) Category II 2 GD, EC-Type Examination Certificate PTB 02 ATEX 2085 X 8) This solenoid has a fuse with an appropriate rating. 5) Required connector for d.c. type 0570275. Connector with rectifier for a.c. or universal current: type 0663303 92 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en092 HERION 95000 SERIES Direct solenoid actuated poppet valves 1,5 to 6 mm orifice (ND) 2/2, NC/NO, G∞ 2 2 1 1 Working from 0 bar up Short switching times Suited for fine vacuum 1.33·10-3 mbar Assembled oil and grease-free For a.c. solenoid systems with integrated rectifier (40 to 60 Hz) These solenoids are ATEX and FM, CSA, XP approved TECHNICAL DATA Solenoid group Port size Function Orifice (mm) Operating pressure (bar) kv value m‹/h kg Model 13B 13B 13C 13D 16D 16D 16D 13B 13B G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NO NO 1,5 2 3 4 4 6 6 2 3 0 ... 40 0 ... 35 0 ... 10 0 ... 12 0 ... 14 0 ... 5 0 ... 5 0 ... 20 0 ... 10 0,07 0,12 0,20 0,35 350 550 0,55 0,10 0,16 0,21 0,21 0,21 0,21 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,21 0,21 9500100xxxx***** 9500200xxxx***** 9500300xxxx***** 9500400xxxx***** 9501400xxxx***** 9501500xxxx***** 9501600xxxx***** 9502210xxxx***** 9502310xxxx***** xxxx Insert solenoid code from tables on page 95. ***** Insert voltage code from table below Medium: Neutral gaseous and liquid fluids Operating pressure: 0 to 40 bar Voltage codes Flow direction: Voltage Fixed 24 V d.c. 24 V a.c. 230 V a.c. Mounting position: Substitute 02400 02450 23050 Optional, preferably with solenoid on top Fluid temperature: -25 to +80°C NBR (Perbunan) -10 to +120°C FPM (Viton)* -40 to +140°C EPDM -50 to +180°C PTFE (Teflon) -10 to +180°C FFPM (Kalrez) ACCESSORIES Cable glands Protection class EEx e, EEx d (ATEX), Ms nickel plated brass Connectors EEx e 0588819 (for solenoid 42xx /46xx M20 x 1,5) 0570275 * For water +90°C Ambient temperature: Depending on solenoid system -25 to +80°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C For contaminated fluids installation of an upstream filter is recommended. www.norgren.com/info/nec/en0 93 Valves HERION 96000 SERIES Direct solenoid actuated poppet valves 2 to 5 mm orifice (ND) 3/2, NC/NO, G∞ 2 2 1 3 1 3 Working from 0 bar up Short switching times Suited for fine vacuum down to 1,33·10-3 mbar Assembled oil and grease-free For a.c. solenoid systems with integrated rectifier (40 to 60 Hz) These solenoid valves are ATEX and FM, CSA, XP approved TECHNICAL DATA Solenoid group Port size Function Orifice (mm) Operating pressure (bar) kv value m‹/h kg Model 13B 13D 13C 13D 16C 16D 16D 13B 13D 16D G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 Universal NC NC NC NC NC NC NO NO NO 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 2 3 4 0 ... 10 0 ... 18 0 ... 6 0 ... 14 0 ... 8 0 ... 10 0 ... 7 0 ... 9 0 ... 9 0 ... 6 0,12 120 0,20 0,20 0,35 0,35 0,45 0,10 0,16 0,30 0,32 0,52 0,32 0,52 0,52 0,52 0,52 0,50 0,70 0,70 9600210xxxx***** 9600240xxxx***** 9600320xxxx***** 9600340xxxx***** 9601430xxxx***** 9601440xxxx***** 9601540xxxx***** 9602210xxxx***** 9602340xxxx***** 9602440xxxx***** xxxx Insert solenoid codes from table below. ***** Insert voltage codes from table below Medium: Neutral gaseous and liquid fluids Operating pressure: 0 to 18 bar Flow direction: Fixed Mounting position: Optional, preferably with solenoid on top Voltage codes Voltage 24 V d.c. 24 V a.c. 110 V a.c. 230 V a.c. Substitute 02400 02450 11050 23050 Fluid temperature: -25 to +80 °C NBR (Perbunan) -10 to +120 °C FPM (Viton)* -40 to +140 °C EPDM -10 to +180 °C FFPM (Kalrez) * For water +90°C Ambient temperature: ACCESSORIES Cable glands Protection class EEx e, EEx d (ATEX), Ms nickel plated brass Connectors EEx e 0588819 (for solenoid 42xx /46xx M20 x 1,5) 0570275 Depending on solenoid system -25, -40 to +55, +80, +100°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C For contaminated fluids installation of an upstream filter is recommended. 94 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en094 SOLENOID ACTUATORS FOR 95000 & 96000 SERIES SOLENOID ACTUATORS 13B Power consumption 24 V d.c. 230 V a.c. (VA) (W) Voltage 24 V d.c. 230 V a.c. (mA) (mA) Protection category Protection class Temperatures Ambient/fluid °C Electrical connection kg Model 8,0 – 331 – – – 40 – DIN EN 175301-803 Form A 6) DIN EN 175301-803 Form A 6) 0246 7) 9,2 -25 ... +60 Fluid: max. 80 -25 ... +60 Fluid: max. 80 0,15 – IP 65 (with connector) 5) IP 65 (with connector) 5) 0,16 3206 7) SOLENOID ACTUATORS 13C Power consumption 24 V d.c. 230 V a.c. (VA) (W) Voltage 24 V d.c. 230 V a.c. (mA) (mA) Protection category Protection class Temperatures Ambient/fluid °C Electrical connection kg Model 12,1 15,0 504 68 – – 49 – DIN EN 175301-803 Form A 6) DIN EN 175301-803 Form A 6) 0200 7) 11,3 -25 ... +60 Fluid: max. 80 -25 ... +60 Fluid: max. 80 0,117 – IP 65 (with connector) 5) IP 65 (with connector) 5) 0,160 3204 7) 8,9 – 369 – II2G 2) II2D EEx me II T5/T4 IP 66 T 130°C 2) T5: -40 ... +55 T4: -40 ... +65 M20 x 1,5 6) 0,500 4220 8) SOLENOID ACTUATORS 13D Power consumption 24 V d.c. 230 V a.c. (VA) (W) Voltage 24 V d.c. 230 V a.c. (mA) (mA) Protection category Protection class Temperatures Ambient/fluid °C Electrical connection kg Model 16,9 – 703 – – – 75 – 0,320 3703 7) 11,4 – 475 – II2G II2D DIN EN 175301-803 Form A 6) DIN EN 175301-803 Form A 6) M20 x 1,5 6) 0700 7) 17,3 -25 ... +60 Fluid: max. 80 -25 ... +60 Fluid: max. 80 T5: -40 ... +40 T4: -40 ... +50 0,270 – IP 65 (with connector) 5) IP 65 (with connector) 5) EEx me II T5/T4 IP66 T 130°C 2) 0,500 4230 8) SOLENOID ACTUATORS 16C Power consumption 24 V d.c. 230 V a.c. (VA) (W) Voltage 24 V d.c. 230 V a.c. (mA) (mA) Protection category Protection class Temperatures Ambient/fluid °C Electrical connection kg Model 6,8 – 284 – – – 46 – DIN EN 175301-803 Form A 6) DIN EN 175301-803 Form A 6) 0827 7) 10,6 -25 ... +60 Fluid: max. 80 -25 ... +60 Fluid: max. 80 0,300 – IP 65 (with connector) 5) IP 65 (with connector) 5) 0,350 3805 7) SOLENOID ACTUATORS 16D Power consumption 24 V d.c. 230 V a.c. (VA) (W) Voltage 24 V d.c. 230 V a.c. (mA) (mA) Protection category Protection class Temperatures Ambient/fluid °C Electrical connection kg Model 16,9 703 – IP00 without plug 5) IP65 with plug 5) -25 ... +60 DIN EN175301-803 Form A 6) 0,33 0800 7) – – Standard voltages 24 V d.c., 230 V a.c. Other voltages on request. Design acc. to VDE 0580, EN 50014/50028. 100% duty cycle. 7) Suitable for outdoor installation only if equipped with a special protection (e.g. cubicle 2) Category II 2 GD, EC-Type Examination Certificate KEMA 98 ATEX 4452 X installation) 5) Required connector type 0570275. 8) This solenoid has a fuse with an appropriate rating. 6) Connector/cable gland not supplied, see ‘Accessories’ table 95 Valves ADDITIONAL RANGES 80200 SERIES High flow rate Optionally pilot-operated by external pilot source High repeatability of switching time Easily interchangeable solenoid system Port size 1 2 Orifice (mm) Type Operating Control Switching pressure (bar) pressure (bar)* time (ms) kg Model 3 G1/2 G3/4 G1 G1/2 G3/4 G1 G1 G3/4 15 20 25 15 NC NC NC NC 2 ... 10 2 ... 10 2 ... 10 0,01 ... 6 1,3 1,5 1,5 1,3 80265700800***** 80266700800***** 80267700800***** 80265720800***** G1/2 G3/4 G1 G1/2 – – – 4 ... 10 10 10 10 20 ***** Insert voltage code from table below. Plugs according to DIN 43650 Form A * Required pilot pressure ∫ operating pressure, min. 2 bar; with vacuum operating pressure + 1 bar, min. 4 bar. Voltage codes Voltage Code 24 V d.c. 24 V a.c. 02400 02450 Other voltages on request. XSz SAFETY VALVES Inherently fail-safe without residual pressure Dynamic self monitoring Double valve control system For use with pneumatic clutch and brake systems and other 3-way safety functions Poppet design with feedback signal ports Fast exhaust capability Conforms to EN 692, BG, OSHA, SUWA and other approvals Improves safety and reduces downtime on mechanical power press applications Quick and easy adjustment of ‘overlap’ on mechanical presses No additional electrical monitoring required Easily fitted into existing systems Type XSz 10** XSz 20** XSz 32 XSz 10** XSz 50 Voltage a.c. d.c/a.c. d.c./a.c. d.c. d.c./a.c. Port size P A 1/2" 1/2" 1" 1/2" 1≥" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1/2" 2" A1 R Model G-thread (1/2") (1") – (1/2") – 3/4" 1" 1≥" 3/4" 2" 24929000200***** 24930000800***** 24931300800***** 24929010200***** 24932300800***** ***** Insert voltage codes from table below. Port sizes in brackets are plugged. Supplied without plug. If required, select model 0570275 ** Valve with integrated silencer available Voltage codes Voltage Code 24 V d.c. 24 V a.c. 110 V a.c. 230 V a.c. 02400 02450 11050 23050 96 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en096 AIR FUSES In-line excess flow shut-off valves ∞ to 1≥” BSPP 2 1 Assists in complying with safety regulations. Tamper proof. Compact and safe design. Low pressure drop. Automatically resets after failure correction. High corrosion resistance. High air pressure rating. TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated and non lubricated inert gases Operating pressure: Maximum 16 bar Minimum according to hose length Ambient temperature: -20°C to +80°C. Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C. Port size BSPP Drop pressure at shut off flow (bar) 1/4 1/4 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 1 1 1≥ 1≥ 0,14 0,3 0,14 0,3 0,14 0,3 0,14 0,3 0,14 0,3 0,14 0,3 Shut off flow rate at 7 bar (dm3/s) ±10% 8,3 14 19,4 32,2 32,2 48,3 48,3 80 92 128 186 268 Flow at 7 bar ∂ P 0,07 bar (dm3/s) Model 6,5 6,5 13,5 13,5 23,2 23,2 43 43 68 68 145 145 T60C2890 T60C2891 T60C3890 T60C3891 T60C4890 T60C4891 T60C6890 T60C6891 T60C8890 T60C8891 T60CB890 T60CB891 BSPP: according to BS2779 and ISO 228/1. Flow and pressure test conducted according to ISO 6358 test circuit. Mean measured flow values are provided at standard reference conditions. T55 SERIES Non-return valves In-line M5, Ω, ∞, ≤, ≥" BSPP, BSPT 1 2 Permit free flow of air in one direction only Simple, reliable design Silicone free Low cracking pressure TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated and non-lubricated Operating pressure: 0,1 to 10 bar Ambient temperature: -20°C to +80°C Port size M5 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 Flow factor Cv Cracking pressure (bar) kg C* Model Metric 0,8 2,4 5,5 9,0 15,0 0,19 0,59 1,35 2,20 3,70 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,010 0,015 0,025 0,060 0,080 T55M0500 BSPP BSPT T55C1800 T55C2800 T55C3800 T55C4800 T55B2800 T55B3800 T55B4800 *C: measured in dm3/(s.bar) Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C. MATERIALS Body: aluminium O-ring: nitrile rubber Valve: POM Spring: stainless steel www.norgren.com/info/nec/en0 97 Valves T51, T52 AND T53 SERIES Push-in non-return valves In-line Ø 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12 mm O/D tube T53 Tube/thread T52 Tube/thread T51 Tube/tube Low cracking pressure Releasable grab ring technology combining plastic and brass components for a compact and superior nonreturn design Non-PTFE based thread sealant on tapered threads Moulded mounting brackets on tube connector designs (PIF/PIF plastic valves) Red release sleeve indicating metric tube sizes for grab ring connection Grey release sleeve indicating inch tube sizes for grab ring connection Reliable and corrosion resistant Tube size Flow factor C/CV* Cracking pressure (bar) Minimum operating pressure (bar) ** PIF/PIF Model Metric 4 mm 5 mm 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 0,75/0,18 1,16/0,28 1,9/0,47 3,5/0,86 4,7/1,15 7,5/1,84 0,03+0,06 0,03+0,06 0,03+0,06 0,03+0,06 0,03+0,06 0,03+0,06 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 T51P0004 T51P0005 T51P0006 T51P0008 T51P0010 T51P0012 Port size x tube size BSPT x metric Flow factor C/CV* Cracking pressure (bar) Minimum operating pressure (bar) ** Model PIF/Male thread Male thread/PIF 1/8x4 mm 1/4x5 mm 1/8x6 mm 1/4x6 mm 1/8x8 mm 1/4x8 mm 0,75/0,18 1,4/0,34 1,9/0,47 1,9/0,47 3,5/0,86 3,5/0,86 0,03+0,06 0,03+0,06 0,03+0,06 0,03+0,06 0,03+0,06 0,03+0,06 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 T52B1804 T52B2805 T52B1806 T52B2806 T52B1808 T52B2808 – – T53B1806 T53B2806 – T53B2808 * Cv measured in dm3/(s.bar) ** Minimum operating pressure 0,3 bar for T53 TECHNICAL DATA MATERIALS Medium: 4, 6, 8 mm O/D Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated, vacuum Body: plastic PBT Valve: plastic PBT Release sleeve: plastic POM Natural brass insert Seal: silicon free nitrile Spring: stainless steel Grab ring: stainless steel, BS 1440 Pt 2, grade 301.S21 T52 and T53 series, nickel plated brass threads. Operating pressure: 0,1 to 10 bar (T51, T52) 0,3 to 10 bar (T53) -0,1 to -1 bar vacuum (T51, T52) Ambient temperature: -20°C to +80°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C. Mounting: Tube/tube PIF Tube PIF/male thread Male thread/tube PIF 98 5, 10, 12 mm O/D Collet: nickel plated brass Body: black anodised aluminium Valve and insert: aluminium www.norgren.com/info/nec/en098 T15 SERIES Push-in flow regulators, uni-directional In-line Ø 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12 O/D metric tube 2 1 High flow performance Suitable for panel/wall mounting and manifold Adjustment can be locked Captive regulator needle will not blow out when unscrewed Adjusting knob position Releasable grab ring technology combining plastic and brass components for a compact and superior fitting design Red release sleeve indicating metric tube sizes Reliable and corrosion resistant Tube size Max. regulated flow factor Flow factor Metric C/Cv** C/Cv** Cracking pressure (bar) 3 mm 4 mm 5 mm 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 0,35/0,09 0,45/0,11 0,8/0,2 1,4/0,34 2,2/0,54 3,9/0,96 5,4/1,32 >0,35/0,09 >0,45/0,11 0,8/0,2 >1,4/0,34 >2,2/0,54 >3,9/0,96 >5,4/1,32 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 Minimum operating pressure (bar) kg Model 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,013 0,013 0,032 0,028 0,047 0,093 0,143 T15P0003 T15P0004 T15P0005 * T15P0006 T15P0008 T15P0010 T15P0012 * Metric * Available only as collet tube connection. ** C measured in dm3/(s.bar) TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered Operating pressure: 0,1 to 10 bar maximum Ambient temperature: -20°C to +80°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C. Mounting: In-line. Panel mounted by hexagonal mounting nut. Wall mounted by through-holes in regulator body. Manifold by quick connection MATERIALS Ø 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 O/D: Body: plastic PBT Release sleeve, nut, knob: plastic POM Seals: silicone free nitrile seal External metal parts: nickel plated brass Internal parts: brass Spring: stainless steel Grab ring: stainless steel, BS 1440 Pt 2, grade 301.S21 Ø 5, 12 O/D: Collet: nickel plated brass www.norgren.com/info/nec/en0 99 Valves T1000 SERIES Block form flow regulators Uni-directional M5, Ω" to ≥" BSPP 1 2 Compact size/low weight/ in-line units High flow performance Suitable for panel and wall mounting Adjustment can be locked Captive regulator needle will not blow out when unscrewed Adjusting knob position line TECHNICAL DATA MATERIALS Medium: M5: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated, inert gases Body: aluminium Seals: nitrile Needle: brass Operating pressure: 1/8, 1/4, 3/8, 1/2: 1 to 10 bar (0,3 to 10 bar for M5) Ambient temperature: -20°C to +80°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C. Body: aluminium alloy Seals: nitrile Needle & internal parts: brass External parts: aluminium alloy Port size Max. regulated flow factor Free flow factor Model Cv C* Cv Opening pressure (bar) kg C* M5 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 0,28 0,57 1,30 4,80 7,50 0,07 0,14 0,32 1,17 1,84 0,28 1,50 2,80 6,70 8,30 0,07 0,37 0,69 1,64 2,00 0,3 <0,1 <0,1 <0,1 <0,1 0,020 0,031 0,056 0,150 0,180 T1000M0500 T1000C1800 T1000C2800 T1000C3800 T1000C4800 *C: measured in dm3/(s.bar) T1100 SERIES Block form flow regulators Bi-directional Ω, ∞" BSPP Compact size/low weight/ in-line units. High flow performance. Suitable for panel and wall mounting. Two gain flow control. Adjustment can be locked. Captive regulator needle will not blow out when unscrewed. Adjusting knob position line TECHNICAL DATA MATERIALS Medium: Body: aluminium alloy Seals: nitrile Needle & internal parts: brass External parts: aluminium alloy Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated, inert gases Cv Critical pressure ratio (b) Min. operating kg pressure (bar) 0,14 0,32 0,2 0,2 0 0 Port size Function Max. regulated flow factor C* 1/8” 1/4” Bi-directional Bi-directional 0,57 1,3 Model 0,031 T1100C1800 0,056 T1100C2800 *C: measured in dm3/(s.bar) Operating pressure: 0 to 10 bar Ambient temperature: -20°C to +80°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C. 100 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en100 Valves BLOCKING, PRESSURE REDUCING & PNEUMATIC SENSOR FITTINGS 4 to 12 mm O/D metric tube Ω" to ≥" BSPP 12 2 1 1 2 Very compact units Easy tube insertion for rapid assembly of pneumatic circuits Positive tube anchorage Simpler pneumatic systems Blocking fitting TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air Operating pressure: Blocking fitting: Supply pressure 1 to 10 bar Pilot pressure – see table Pressure reducing fitting: Primary pressure 1 to 10 bar max. Secondary pressure 1 to 8 bar max. Pneumatic sensor fitting: Cylinder pressure (Pc) 10 bar max. Sensor supply pressure 3 to 10 bar Sensor switch pressure 0,6 bar typ. O/D Tube Male BSPP Pilot pressure (bar)* Model 4 6 6 8 8 10 12 1/8 1/8 1/4 1/4 3/8 3/8 1/2 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 3 3 2,5 102GA0418 102GA0618 102GA0628 102GA0828 102GA0838 102GA1038 102GA1248 *at 6 bar supply Pressure reducing fitting O/D Tube Male BSPP Model 4 6 8 8 10 1/8 1/4 1/4 3/8 3/8 102GB0418 102GB0628 102GB0828 102GB0838 102GB1038 Pneumatic sensor fitting Ambient temperature: O/D Tube Male BSPP Model 4 4 1/8 1/4 102GD0418 102GD0428 -20°C to +80°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C. MATERIALS Nickel plated brass or plastic body. Nickel plated brass collet. Plastic sealing washer. Nitrile and polyurethane elastomeric parts. Zinc plated brass banjo bolts. www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1 101 Valves M/800 SERIES Heavy duty flow regulators, uni-directional In-line Ω, ∞, ≥, ª, 1" 1 2 Line mounted general purpose regulators Captive regulating needle will not blow out when unscrewed Calibrated adjusting knob, can be locked Suitable for wall mounting High operating pressure Port size 1/8 1/4 1/2 3/4 1 Max. regulated flow factor Flow factor C** Cv C** Cv 0,7 2 12 18 36 0,17 0,49 2,9 4,4 8,8 2,1 4,3 17 38 45 0,6 1 4,1 9,3 11 kg Model BSPP 0,10 0,15 0,60 1,20 3,50 S/836 M/837 M/839 M/840 M/855 .** C measured in dm3/(s.bar) TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated and non-lubricated Operating pressure: 0,3 to 16 bar Ambient temperature: -20°C to +80°C (Alternative models to 150°C) Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C. MATERIALS S/836, M/837, M/839 Body, adjusting knob and locking ring: brass M/840, M/855 Body, adjusting knob and locking ring: aluminium Seals: nitrile rubber. 102 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en102 T20 & 0405 SERIES Exhaust flow regulator/silencers M5, Ω" to ≥" BSP Compact, integral flow regulator and silencer units Captive regulating needle will not blow out when unscrewed Reduced dimensions TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated and non-lubricated, inert gases Operating pressure: Thread Size Max. regulated flow factor C* Metric BSPP BSPT BSPP BSPT BSPP (female) BSPP BSPT BSPP BSPT M5 1/8 1/8 1/4 1/4 1/4 Silencer only 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2 0,3 1,6 1,78 3,2 1,78 – 6,9 8,9 10 8,9 Model Cv 0,07 0,4 0,44 0,8 0,44 – 1,7 2,2 2,4 2,2 T20M0500 T20C1800 04057100 T20C2800 04057200 04059200 T20C3800 04057300 T20C4800 04057400 *C: measured in dm3/(s.bar) 0 to 10 bar Ambient temperature: -20°C to +80°C. Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C. MATERIALS T20: Body & washer: nylon Silencer: porous polyethylene Adjusting screw: high tensile zinc electroplated steel 0405: Body & nut: brass Needle: plastic Silencer: sintered bronze www.norgren.com/info/nec/en103 103 Valves T70, S/511, S/513, S/514 SERIES Quick exhaust valves Ω to ≥" BSPP 3 1 2 Enables air to be exhausted quickly from air reservoirs and cylinders. Allows higher cylinder speeds to be achieved. Simple, compact design and construction. Very reliable in operation. TECHNICAL DATA Model Port size BSPP Flow (1 ... 2)** C* Cv Flow (2 ... 3)** C* Cv kg G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/2 G1/4 G1/2 3,8 7,7 15,5 21,5 5,7 3,9 5,7 7,3 10 22,5 24 44 11 32 0,15 0,13 0,21 0,19 0,31 0,25 0,35 0,9 1,9 3,8 5,3 1,9 0,8 1,9 1,8 2,5 5,5 5,9 10,8 2,7 7,8 T70C1800 T70C2800 T70C3800 T70C4800 S/511 S/513 S/514 * C = dm3/(s.bar) ** Flow factor measured at 6 bar inlet pressure Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated and non-lubricated Operating pressure: 0,5 to 10 bar (T70) 0,7 to 10 bar (S/511) 0,7 to 7 bar (S/513, S/514) Ambient temperature: -20°C to +80°C. Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C. MATERIALS Body & cover: zinc alloy (T70*1800 & T70*2800, S/513), aluminium alloy (T70*3800 & T70*4800, S/511, S/514) Seals: nitrile (T70), polyurethane (S/51*) O-ring: nitrile Element: porous plastic (S/513, S/514) 104 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en104 ADDITIONAL RANGES SLEEVE VALVES Port size Model G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 M/7218 M/7228 M/7238 M/7248 Sliding sleeve operation Very compact in-line units Easy to install Very simple and reliable operation 3/2 function SHUTTLE VALVES Port size Model G1/8 G1/4 T65C1800 T65C2800 Allow two independent signal sources to be connected to a common pilot line Can be used to perform an 'OR' logic function Can be combined to operate from three or more sources Valves can be ganged together S/520 HEAVY DUTY NON-RETURN VALVES Port size BSPP Model G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 S/520 S/521 S/532 S/522 Allows free flow in one direction only Simple reliable design High operating pressure and temperature Spares kit available T50 PIF NON-RETURN VALVES O/D tube Model 4 6 8 10 12 T50P0004 T50P0006 T50P0008 T50P0010 T50P0012 Allow free flow in one direction only. Simple reliable design. Low weight. Low cracking pressure. High operating pressure. PRECISION FLOW REGULATORS Port size Type Model G1/8 G1/2 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/2 Heavy duty, panel mount Heavy duty Precision for time delay circuits Precision for time delay circuits Heavy duty, panel mount Heavy duty, panel mount S/636 S/839 M/650 * M/677 * M/637 M/639 Line mounted general purpose regulators Captive regulating needle will not blow out when unscrewed Calibrated adjusting knob, can be locked Brass body *The M/650 features an exhaust and when a time delay has been achieved, removal of the supply to the inlet releases the non-return valve enabling the pressure in a reservoir to be discharged quickly to atmosphere, thus removing the signal. The M/677 is similar except that reverse flow is allowed to pass back through the regulator instead of being discharged to atmosphere. www.norgren.com/info/nec/en105 105 Pressure switches 18 D SERIES Pneumatic pressure switches 0,2 to 30 bar 2 2 3 4 p p 1 1 DIN 43650 M12x1 Gold-plated contacts High cycle life Vibration resistant to 15 g Microswitch approved by UL and CSA Intrinsically safe operation Direct interface to Excelon air line units TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Neutral, gaseous and liquid fluids Operation: Electrical connection DIN 43650* Port size Type Pressure range (bar) Switching pressure difference (bar)** Model G1/4 – G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 – G1/4 G1/4 – G1/4 1/4 NPT Female Flange Female Female Female Female Flange Female Female Flange Female Female 0,2 ... 2 0,2 ... 2 -1 ... 0 0,2 ... 2 0,5 ... 8 0,5 ... 8 0,5 ... 8 1 ... 16 1 ... 16 1 ... 16 1 ... 30 1 ... 30 0,15 ... 0,27 0,15 ... 0,27 0,15 ... 0,18 0,15 ... 0,27 0,25 ... 0,65 0,25 ... 0,65 0,25 ... 0,65 0,30 ... 0,90 0,30 ... 0,90 0,30 ... 0,90 1,0 ... 5,00 1,0 ... 5,00 0880226 # 0881200 0880100 0880200 0880300 0880326 # 0881300 0880400 0880426 # 0881400 0880600 0880620 * Standard plug supplied (except where marked #) ** Typical values # Free of substances that may affect paint spray applications Diaphragm Electrical connection M12 x 1* Mounting position: Optional Operating pressure: 0,2 to 30 bar Over pressure: Port size Type Pressure range (bar) Switching pressure difference (bar)** Model G1/4 G1/4 Female Female 0,5 ... 8 1 ... 16 0,25 ... 0,65 0,30 ... 0,90 0880360 # 0880460 # * Max. voltage 30 V, plug M12 x 1 not supplied, if required see table ** Typical values # Free of substances that may affect paint spray applications 80 bar max. Ambient temperature: -10°C to +80°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C. PORTING BLOCKS ACCESSORIES Adaptor for use with Excelon 72, 73, 74 air preparation systems Series Model Excelon 72 Excelon 73 & 74 0523109 0523110 Snubber Model Description 0574773 0523055 0523057 0523052 0523056 0523058 0523053 Straight, without cable Straight, 2 m cable, 4-core Straight, 5 m cable, 4-core 90°, without cable 90° 2 m cable, 4-core 90° 5 m cable, 4-core Load level Type of current Type of load Umin [V] Maximum permanent current Imax [A] at U [V] Contact life 30 48 60 125 250 Standard * (e.g. contractors, solenoids) a.c. Resistive load 12 5 5 5 5 5 a.c. Inductive load, cos Ÿ 0,7 Resistive load Inductive load, L/R Ÿ 10 ms Resistive load 12 3 3 3 3 3 12 12 5 3 1,2 0,5 0,8 0,35 0,4 0,05 – – 5# 0,34 0,2 0,17 0,08 0,04 5# 0,1 0,01 – – – d.c. d.c. Low ** (e.g. electronic circuits) 106 a.c. d.c. Inductive load, L/R Ÿ 10 ms Plugs, M12 x 1 Switching cycles >107 Switching cycles >107 Reference number of switchings: 30/min, reference temperature: +30°C. Spark quenching with diode with d.c. and inductive load: Imax = 1,5 x Imax of table Imin = 1 [mA] Creepage and air paths correspond to insulation group B according to VDE reg. 0110 (except contact clearance of microswitch). * Gold-plating not required as it would decay. Maximum permitted in-rush current (approximately 30 ms) a.c. make = max. 15A. **Gold-plating required (will not decay). # Lower value of critical voltage guarantees sufficient contact safety. Lower voltages permissible under favourable conditions. www.norgren.com/info/nec/en106 33 D SERIES Electronic pressure switches (pneumatic/allfluid) -1 to 630 bar Display of system pressure and unit (pressure unit programmable) Compact and robust design Easy programming of set points and additional functions Transistor output signals 1 x PNP/2 x PNP/1 x PNP + 4 to 20 mA Electronic lock Switching status indicated by LED Standard M12x1 electrical connection (IP 65) For pneumatic, all fluid and hydraulic applications TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Filtered compressed air, lubricated or unlubricated, neutral gases Display: LCD 4 digits illuminated, pressure unit programmable for bar, psi, mpa Mounting position: Optional Operating pressure: -1 to 16 bar (pneumatic) 0 to 630 bar (hydraulic/allfluid) Electrical connection M12 x 1 (standard pneumatic models)* Port size Measuring range (bar) (Relative pressure) Value max. (bar) (Over pressure) Output signal Model G1/4 Flange G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 Flange G1/4 Flange G1/4 Flange G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 -1 ... 1 -1 ... 1 -1 ... 1 -1 ... 1 0 .. 10 0 ... 16 0 ... 16 0 ... 16 0 ... 16 0 ... 16 0 ... 16 0 ... 40 0 ... 100 0 .. 160 0 .. 250 0 .. 250 0 .. 400 10 10 10 10 40 30 30 30 30 30 30 100 200 300 500 500 750 1 x PNP 1 x PNP 2 x PNP 1 x PNP / 4...20 mA 1 x PNP 1 x PNP 1 x PNP 2 x PNP 2 x PNP 1 x PNP / 4...20 mA 1 x PNP / 4...20 mA 1 x PNP 1 x PNP 1 x PNP 1 x PNP 2 x PNP 1 x PNP 0863012 0863016 0863022 0863042 0863112 0863212 0863216 0863222 0863226 0863242 0863246 0863312 0863412 0863512 0863612 0863622 0863712 * M12 x 1 connector not included. Please see table below Electrical connection M12 x 1 Pin Signal Cable 1 2 3 4 5 Supply voltage Out 2 (PNP) / analog 4 ... 20 mA 0V Out 1 (PNP) Free Brown White Blue Black Grey 3 2 4 1 5 Ambient temperature: PORTING BLOCKS ACCESSORIES -10°C to 60°C Adaptor for use with Excelon 72, 73, 74 air preparation systems Plugs, M12 x 1 Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C. Series Model Excelon 72 Excelon 73 & 74 0523109 0523110 Electrical parameters Electrical connection: Power supply: Permissible residual ripple: Current consumption: Description Straight, without cable Straight, 2 m cable, 4-core Straight, 5 m cable, 4-core 90°, without cable 90° 2 m cable, 4-core 90° 5 m cable, 4-core Switching output M12 x 1 10 ... 32 V d.c. (polarity safe) digital models 15 ... 32 V d.c. (polarity safe) analogue models 10% (within 12 to 32 V) <50 mA (plus load current) Electromagnetic compatibility Interference emission Interference immunity Model 0523055 0523057 0523052 0523056 0523058 0523053 Conforming to EN 50081. Part 1 Conforming to EN 50082. Part 2 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en107 Switching mode: Output voltage: Analog output: Contact rating: Switching time: Damping: Signal delay: Service life: Switching logic: Operating mode: Potential-bound open collector switching to UB, suitable for inductive load Supply voltage -1,5 V 4 ... 20mA Imax = 500 mA (short-circuit proof) < 10 ms 5 ms ... 0,64 sec On/off 0 ... 20 sec min. 100 million switching cycles n.o. / n.c. programmable Standard, hysteresis and window mode. Separately selectable for each output 107 Air line equipment Olympian Plus plug-in system Filter/regulators and lubricators BL64, BL68 General purpose filters F64G, F68G G∞ ... G1≥ G≥ ... G1 ‘Puraire’® high efficiency oil removal filters F64C/H, F68C/H G∞ ... G1 ‘Ultraire’® high efficiency oil/oil vapour removal filters F64B/L, FFV68 G∞ ... G1 Excelon modular system Page 110 Page 111 Page 112 Page 113 Breathing air sets FFB64 Filter/regulators B64G, B68G Pressure regulators R64G, R68G Lubricators L64, L68 G∞ ... G≤ G∞ ... G1≥ G∞ ... G1≥ G∞ ... G1≥ Page 114 Page 115 Page 116 Page 117 Pressure relief valves V64H, V68H Soft start/dump valves P64F G∞ ... G1 G∞ ... Gª Page 118 Page 119 Filter/regulators and lubricators BL72, BL73, BL74 General purpose filters F72G, F73G, F74G ‘Puraire’® oil removal filters F72C, F73C, F74C, F74H ‘Ultraire®’ oil vapour removal filters F72V, F74V G∞ ... Gª G∞ ... G≥ G∞ ... Gª G∞ ... Gª Page 120 Page 121 Page 122 Page 123 Filter/regulators B72G, B73G, B74G Pressure regulators R72G, R73G, R74G Lubricators L72, L73, L74 Pressure relief valves V72G, V74G G∞ ... Gª G∞ ... Gª G∞ ... Gª G∞ ... Gª Page 124 Page 125 Page 126 Page 127 Soft start/dump valves P72F, P74F Membrane driers W07M, W72M, W74M G∞ ... Gª G∞, G≥ Solenoid operated control valves P72C, P74C G∞ ... G≤ Page 128 108 Page 129 Page 130 Direct ported units Filter/regulators and lubricators P1H Ported general purpose filters F07 GΩ, G∞ GΩ ... G∞ Page 131 Page 132 Page 133 Page 134 Ported lubricators L07 Ported pressure relief valves - Diaphragm type V07 General purpose stainless steel regulators R05, B05 GΩ ... G∞" ∞" NPTF Ported stainless steel equipment Filters, pressure regulators, lubricators F22, R22, L22 GΩ ... G∞ Ported filter/regulators B07 GΩ, G∞ Ported pressure regulators R07 GΩ ... G∞ ≥" NPTF Page 135 Page 136 Drip leg drain 17-816 Precision pressure regulator 11-818 G≥ Page 137 Page 138 G∞ Page 139 Page 139 109 Air line equipment OLYMPIAN PLUS PLUG-IN SYSTEM Boxed sets Filter/regulators and lubricators G≥ & G1 Boxed sets Complete air processing units pre-assembled, ready to install Boxed sets include: filter/regulator and micro-fog lubricator complete with exhausting shut-off valve, pressure gauge and mounting brackets Port size Pressure range (bar)* kg Model Auto Manual G1/2 G1 0,3 ... 10 0,4 ... 8 4,15 5,99 BL64-401 BL68-801 BL64-421 BL68-821 * Can be adjusted to zero bar outlet pressure and generally to pressures in excess of those specified. For service kit numbers refer to individual units. TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air only Maximum inlet pressure: 17 bar Ambient temperature: -20°C to +80°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C ACCESSORIES Series Port size Bracket kit Bracket kit Gauge 0 ... 10 bar 3/2 Shut-off valve Tamper resistant kit Quick fill nipple BL64-401 BL68-801 G≥ G1 – ¬ ¬ – ¬ ¬ ¬ ¬ 4355-50 4355-50 18-011-024 18-011-021 ¬ Included 110 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en110 OLYMPIAN PLUS PLUG-IN SYSTEM General purpose filters F64G, F68G G∞ to G1≥ F64G Effective liquid removal and positive solid filtration Large filter element area for minimum pressure drop TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air only Maximum inlet pressure: 17 bar Ambient temperature: Port size G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G1 G1∞ G1≥ Flow (dm3/s)* 33 66 75 75 160 190 200 200 F68G kg 1,42 1,42 1,32 1,72 2,45 2,33 2,43 2,30 Model Auto F64G-2GN-AD3 F64G-3GN-AD3 F64G-4GN-AD3 F64G-6GN-AD3 F68G-6GN-AR3 F68G-8GN-AR3 F68G-AGN-AR3 F68G-BGN-AR3 Manual Service kit Auto Manual F64G-2GN-MD3 F64G-3GN-MD3 F64G-4GN-MD3 F64G-6GN-MD3 F68G-6GN-MR3 F68G-8GN-MR3 F68G-AGN-MR3 F68G-BGN-MR3 F64G-KITA40 F64G-KITA40 F64G-KITA40 F64G-KITA40 F68G-KITA40 F68G-KITA40 F68G-KITA40 F68G-KITA40 F64G-KITM40 F64G-KITM40 F64G-KITM40 F64G-KITM40 F68G-KITM40 F68G-KITM40 F68G-KITM40 F68G-KITM40 * Typical flow with a 40 µm element at 6,3 bar inlet pressure and a 0,5 bar pressure drop. For replacement filter (without yoke) substitute ‘N’ at the 5th and 6th digits eg: F64G-NNN-AD3 (F64). For replacement filter (without yoke) substitute ‘N’ at the 5th and 6th digits eg: F68G-NNN-AR3 (F68). -20°C to +80°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C ACCESSORIES Series F64G F68G www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1 Port size G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G1 G1∞ G1≥ Bracket kit Bracket kit 3/2 Shut-off valve Threaded exhaust port – – – – 18-001-979 18-001-979 18-001-978 – 74504-50 74504-50 74504-50 74504-50 – – – – T64T-2GB-P1N T64T-3GB-P1N T64T-4GB-P1N T64T-6GB-P1N T68H-6GB-B2N T68H-8GB-B2N T68H-AGB-B2N T68H-BGB-B2N 111 Air line equipment OLYMPIAN PLUS PLUG-IN SYSTEM ‘Puraire’® high efficiency oil removal filters F64C/H, F68C/H G∞ to G1 F64H High efficiency coalescing filters Coalescing element removes submicron particles and converts oil and water mist to liquid form to drain away Service indicator standard TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air only F68C Port size Flow (dm3/s) kg G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G1 16 28 28 35 28 35 60 1,48 1,70 1,67 2,38 2,01 2,72 2,66 Model Auto F64C-2GD-AD0 F64H-3GD-AD0 F64H-4GD-AD0 F68C-4GD-AR0 F64H-6GD-AD0 F68H-6GD-AU0 F68H-8GD-AU0 Service kit F64C-KITA0C F64H-KITA0C F64H-KITA0C F68C-KITA0C F64H-KITA0C F68H-KITA0C F68H-KITA0C Models listed include ISO G threads, automatic drain and metal bowl. For replacement filter (without yoke or pre-filter) substitute ‘N’ at the 5th and 6th digits eg: F64H-NND-AD0. For replacement filter (without yoke) substitute ‘N’ at the 5th and 6th digits eg: F68H-NND-AU0. Maximum inlet pressure: 17 bar Ambient temperature: -20°C to +65°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C ACCESSORIES Series F64C/F64H F68C/F68H 112 Port size G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G1/2 G3/4 G1 Bracket kit – – – – 18-001-979 18-001-979 18-001-979 Bracket kit 74504-50 74504-50 74504-50 74504-50 – – – 3/2 Shut-off valve Threaded exhaust port T64T-2GB-P1N T64T-3GB-P1N T64T-4GB-P1N T64T-6GB-P1N T68H-4GB-B2N T68H-6GB-B2N T68H-8GB-B2N www.norgren.com/info/nec/en112 OLYMPIAN PLUS PLUG-IN SYSTEM ‘Ultraire’® high efficiency oil/oil vapour removal filters F64B/L, FFV68 G∞ to G1 F64B/L F64B/F64L are ‘dual function’ products incorporating an oil removal element (bottom) and an oil vapour removal element (top) FFV68 are two separate coupled filters (F68C/H and F68V/Y) Ultra high efficiency coalescing filters with active carbon pack Carbon pack assists in the removal of hydro-carbon gases and odours High intensity blue colour change indication (64 Series) Standard options include manual drains TECHNICAL DATA Medium: FFV68 Port size Flow (dm3/s) kg Model Auto Service kit G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/2 G3/4 G1 7 11 11 25 35 60 1,83 2,21 2,50 4,44 5,05 5,05 F64B-2GN-AR0 F64L-3GN-AR0 F64L-4GN-AR0 FFV68-408 FFV68-608 FFV68-808 F64B-KITA0V F64L-KITA0V F64L-KITA0V F68C-KITA0C, F68V-KIT00V F68H-KITA0C, F68Y-KIT00Y F68H-KITA0C, F68Y-KIT00Y Models listed include ISO G threads, automatic drain and metal bowl. To order a basic unit without yoke substitute ‘N’ at the 5th and 6th digits eg: F64L-NNN-AR0. ACCESSORIES Series Port size F64B/F64L G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G1/2 G3/4 G1 Bracket kit Bracket kit 3/2 Shut-off valve Threaded exhaust port Compressed air only Maximum inlet pressure: 17 bar Ambient temperature: -20°C to +65°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C FFV68 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1 74504-50 74504-50 74504-50 74504-50 18-001-979 18-001-979 18-001-979 T64T-2GB-P1N T64T-3GB-P1N T64T-4GB-P1N T64T-6GB-P1N T68H-4GB-B2N T68H-6GB-B2N T68H-8GB-B2N 113 Air line equipment OLYMPIAN PLUS PLUG-IN SYSTEM Breathing air sets FFB64 G∞ to G≤ Pre-assembled combinations include a general purpose prefilter and ‘Ultraire®’ oil/oil vapour removal filter Activated carbon pack assists in the removal of hydro-carbon gases and odours Port size No. of masks Primary pre-filter (µm) G1/4 G3/8 1 2 5 5 Flow (dm3/s) 16 28 kg 3,20 3,57 Model Auto FFB64-208 FFB64-308 For service kit numbers refer to individual units. TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air only Maximum inlet pressure: 17 bar ACCESSORIES Port size Bracket kit 1/4 3/8 74504-50 74504-50 3/2 Shut-off valve Ambient temperature: -20°C to +65°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C 114 T64T-2GB-P1N T64T-3GB-P1N www.norgren.com/info/nec/en114 OLYMPIAN PLUS PLUG-IN SYSTEM Filter/regulators B64G, B68G G∞ to G1≥ B64G High efficiency water removal Good regulation characteristics Non-rising adjusting knob has snap-action lock TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air only Maximum inlet pressure: Port size Flow (dm3/s) Range (bar) kg G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G1 G1∞ G1≥ 30 76 106 106 240 240 240 240 0,3 ... 10 0,3 ... 10 0,3 ... 10 0,3 ... 10 0,4 ... 8 0,4 ... 8 0,4 ... 8 0,4 ... 8 1,71 1,69 1,66 2,02 3,29 3,29 3,35 3,35 B68G Model Auto Manual Service kit Auto Manual B64G-2GK-AD3-RMN B64G-3GK-AD3-RMN B64G-4GK-AD3-RMN B64G-6GK-AD3-RMN B68G-6GK-AR3-RLN B68G-8GK-AR3-RLN B68G-AGK-AR3-RLN B68G-BGK-AR3-RLN B64G-2GK-MD3-RMN B64G-3GK-MD3-RMN B64G-4GK-MD3-RMN B64G-6GK-MD3-RMN B68G-6GK-MR3-RLN B68G-8GK-MR3-RLN B68G-AGK-MR3-RLN B68G-BGK-MR3-RLN B64G-KITA40R B64G-KITA40R B64G-KITA40R B64G-KITA40R B68G-KITA40R B68G-KITA40R B68G-KITA40R B68G-KITA40R B64G-KITM40R B64G-KITM40R B64G-KITM40R B64G-KITM40R B68G-KITM40R B68G-KITM40R B68G-KITM40R B68G-KITM40R For replacement filter/regulator (without yoke) substitute ‘N’ at the 5th and 6th letters respectively eg: B68G-NNK-AR3-RLN. 17 bar Gauge ports: Rc1/8 Ambient temperature: -20°C to +80°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C ACCESSORIES Series Port size B64G G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G1 G1∞ G1≥ B68G Bracket kit Bracket kit 74504-50 74504-50 74504-50 74504-50 18-001-979 18-001-979 18-001-978 – www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1 Gauge 0 ... 10 bar 18-013-013 18-013-013 18-013-013 18-013-013 18-013-013 18-013-013 18-013-013 18-013-013 3/2 Shut-off valve Threaded exhaust port Tamper resistant kit T64T-2GB-P1N T64T-3GB-P1N T64T-4GB-P1N T64T-6GB-P1N T68H-6GB-B2N T68H-8GB-B2N T68H-AGB-B2N T68H-BGB-B2N 4355-50 4355-50 4355-50 4355-50 4355-50 4355-50 4355-50 4355-50 115 Air line equipment OLYMPIAN PLUS PLUG-IN SYSTEM Pressure regulators R64G, R68G G∞ to G1≥ R64G Diaphragm and balanced valve design ensure good regulation characteristics Non-rising adjusting knob has snap-action lock TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air only Maximum inlet pressure: R68G Port size Flow (dm3/s) Range (bar) kg Model Auto Service kit G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G1 G1∞ G1≥ 35 80 120 120 150 180 180 180 0,3 ... 10 0,3 ... 10 0,3 ... 10 0,3 ... 10 0,4 ... 8 0,4 ... 8 0,4 ... 8 0,4 ... 8 1,54 1,52 1,49 1,85 1,95 1,89 1,93 1,97 R64G-2GK-RMN R64G-3GK-RMN R64G-4GK-RMN R64G-6GK-RMN R68G-6GK-RLN R68G-8GK-RLN R68G-AGK-RLN R68G-BGK-RLN R64G-KITR R64G-KITR R64G-KITR R64G-KITR R68G-KITR R68G-KITR R68G-KITR R68G-KITR For replacement regulator (without yoke) substitute ‘N’ at the 5th and 6th digits eg: R64G-NNK-RMN. 17 bar (R64G) 20 bar (R68G) Gauge ports: Rc1/8 Ambient temperature: -20˚C to +80˚C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C ACCESSORIES Series Port size Bracket kit Bracket kit Gauge 0 ... 10 bar 3/2 Shut-off valve Threaded exhaust port Tamper resistant kit R64G G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G1 G1∞ G1≥ – – – – 18-001-979 18-001-979 18-001-978 – 74504-50 74504-50 74504-50 74504-50 – – – – 18-013-013 18-013-013 18-013-013 18-013-013 18-013-013 18-013-013 18-013-013 18-013-013 T64T-2GB-P1N T64T-3GB-P1N T64T-4GB-P1N T64T-6GB-P1N T68H-6GB-B2N T68H-8GB-B2N T68H-AGB-B2N T68H-BGB-B2N 4355-50 4355-50 4355-50 4355-50 4355-50 4355-50 4355-50 4355-50 R68G 116 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en116 OLYMPIAN PLUS PLUG-IN SYSTEM Lubricators L64, L68 G∞ to G1≥ L64M Micro-fog plug-in lubricators for most general purpose pneumatic applications Oil-fog option for heavy duty lubrication Includes high capacity metal reservoirs TECHNICAL DATA L68M Micro-fog lubricators Port size Flow (dm3/s) Bowl capacity (litre) kg Model Service kit G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G1 G1∞ G1≥ 25 62 72 72 200 200 200 200 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 1,42 1,40 1,37 1,73 2,10 2,04 2,08 2,12 L64M-2GP-EDN L64M-3GP-EDN L64M-4GP-EDN L64M-6GP-EDN L68M-6GP-ERN L68M-8GP-ERN L68M-AGP-ERN L68M-BGP-ERN L64M-KIT L64M-KIT L64M-KIT L64M-KIT L68M-KIT L68M-KIT L68M-KIT L68M-KIT Medium: To order a basic unit without yoke substitute ‘N’ at the 5th and 6th letters respectively e.g. L64M-NNP-EDN. Compressed air only Models listed are Micro-fog. For Oil-fog models, including kits, replace ‘M’ at the 4th digit by ‘C’ e.g. L64C-4GP-EDN Maximum inlet pressure: 17 bar Start point: L64 1,5 dm3/s L68 6 dm3/s Minimum flow required for lubricator operation at 6,3 bar inlet pressure ACCESSORIES Series Port size Bracket kit Bracket kit 3/2 Shut-off valve Threaded exhaust port G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G1 G1∞ G1≥ – – – – 18-001-979 18-001-979 18-001-978 – 74504-50 74504-50 74504-50 74504-50 – – – – T64T-2GB-P1N T64T-3GB-P1N T64T-4GB-P1N T64T-6GB-P1N T68H-6GB-B2N T68H-8GB-B2N T68H-AGB-B2N T68H-BGB-B2N Ambient temperature: -20°C to +80°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C L64 L68 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1 117 Air line equipment OLYMPIAN PLUS PLUG-IN SYSTEM Pressure relief valves V64H, V68H G∞ to G1 V68H V64H Olympian relief valves protect compressed air systems from over-pressurisation High relief capacity, sensitive and accurate Threaded relief port for silencer or piped exhaust. Port size G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G1 kg 1,68 1,66 1,63 1,99 2,21 2,20 Model V64H-2GD-RMN V64H-3GD-RMN V64H-4GD-RMN V64H-6GD-RMN V68H-6GD-RMN V68H-8GD-RMN Service kit V64H-KIT V64H-KIT V64H-KIT V64H-KIT V68H-KIT V68H-KIT Norgren pressure relief valves comply with category O(S.E.P.) and category 1 of the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC. TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air only Gauge ports: Rc1/8 Relief port: G1/2 (V64H), G1 (V68H) Ambient temperature: -20°C to +80°C. Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C ACCESSORIES Series Port size V64H G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G1 V68H 118 Bracket kit – – – – 18-001-979 18-001-979 Bracket kit 74504-50 74504-50 74504-50 74504-50 – – Gauge 0 ... 10 bar 18-013-013 18-013-013 18-013-013 18-013-013 18-013-013 18-013-013 Silencer 3/2 Shut-off valve Threaded exhaust port MB004B MB004B MB004B MB004B MB008B MB008B T64T-2GB-P1N T64T-3GB-P1N T64T-4GB-P1N T64T-6GB-P1N T68H-6GB-B2N T68H-8GB-B2N www.norgren.com/info/nec/en118 OLYMPIAN PLUS PLUG-IN SYSTEM Soft start/dump valves P64F G∞ to Gª Solenoid pilot operated P64F Air pilot operated Assists machine designers in complying with the European Machineries Directive Can help existing machinery to comply with PUWER (Provision and Use of Work Equipment Regulations) Controlled increase of downstream pressure on start up Solenoid, air pilot or manual operator. High forward flow capacity High flow dump facility Port size Solenoid operated model G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 P64F-2GC-PFN P64F-3GC-PFN P64F-4GC-PFN P64F-6GC-PFN kg 2,07 2,05 2,02 2,38 Air pilot operated model kg P64F-2GA-NNN – – – 1,96 * Models without connector. To order models with connector plug replace ‘N’ at 10th digit by ‘A’ e.g. P64F-2GC-PFA ACCESSORIES Port size Bracket kit 3/2 Shut-off valve Exhaust port silencer Connector plug with cable gland ** 74504-50 74504-50 74504-50 74504-50 T64T-2GB-P1N T64T-3GB-P1N T64T-4GB-P1N T64T-6GB-P1N MB004B MB004B MB004B MB004B M/P24121/1* M/P24121/2 TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air Maximum operating pressure: For solenoid operated versions: 10 bar For pilot operated versions: 17 bar G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 10 ... 50 V a.c./d.c. 70 ... 110 V a.c. * Reduced light intensity at 12 V. ** For other solenoid plugs refer to page 72 Minimum operating pressure: 3 bar Ambient temperature: Solenoid operated versions: +5°C to +50°C Pilot operated versions: -20°C to +80°C. Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Air pilot port: Rc1/4 Exhaust port: G1/2 Maximum flow: 57dm‹/s Note: Maximum flow with 6,3 bar inlet pressure and pressure drop of 0,5 bar Snap pressure: Full flow when downstream pressure reaches 50-80% of inlet pressure. www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1 119 Air line equipment EXCELON MODULAR SYSTEM Boxed sets Filter/regulators and lubricators G∞ to G≥ BL73 BL74 BL72 Boxed sets include: filter/regulator and micro-fog lubricator complete with exhausting shut-off valve, pressure gauge and mounting brackets High efficiency water and particle removal Quick release bayonet bowls Push to lock adjusting knob with tamper resistant option All round (360°) visibility of lubricator sight feed dome for ease of drip rate setting Micro-fog lubricator for most general purpose pneumatic applications Boxed sets Port size Element (µm) Bowl Pressure range (bar) kg Operation G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 40 40 40 Transparent Transparent Guarded transparent 0,3 ... 10 0,3 ... 10 0,3 ... 10 1,65 2,26 3,55 Relieving Relieving Relieving Model Auto BL72-201GA BL73-301G BL74-401G Manual BL72-221G BL73-321G BL74-421G ACCESSORIES Series Port size BL72 BL73 BL74 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 Gauge 0 ... 10 bar Tamper resistant cover and seal wire 3/2 Shut-off valve 4255-51 4455-51 4355-51 T72T-2GA-P1N T73T-3GA-P1N T74T-4GA-P1N TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air Maximum inlet pressure: 10 bar 18-013-989 18-013-013 18-013-013 Ambient temperature: -20°C to +50°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C 120 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en120 EXCELON MODULAR SYSTEM General purpose filters F72G, F73G, F74G G∞ to Gª F72G Excelon design allows in-line installation or modular installation with other Excelon products Quick release bayonet bowl TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air only Port size G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G1/2 G3/4 F74G F73G Flow (dm3/s) 30 29 30 35 66 38 83 83 kg 0,45 0,50 0,45 0,50 1,42 0,50 0,81 0,79 Model Auto F72G-2GN-AL3 F73G-2GN-AT3 F72G-3GN-AL3 F73G-3GN-AT3 F74G-3GN-AP3* F73G-4GN-AT3 F74G-4GN-AP3* F74G-6GN-AP3* Manual Service kit Auto Manual F72G-2GN-QT3 F73G-2GN-QT3 F72G-3GN-QT3 F73G-3GN-QT3 F74G-3GN-QP3* F73G-4GN-QT3 F74G-4GN-QP3* F74G-6GN-QP3* F72G-KITA40 F73G-KITA40 F72G-KITA40 F73G-KITA40 F74G-KITA40 F73G-KITA40 F74G-KITA40 F74G-KITA40 F72G-KITM40 F73G-KITM40 F72G-KITM40 F73G-KITM40 F74G-KITM40 F73G-KITM40 F74G-KITM40 F74G-KITM40 * Transparent with guard Maximum inlet pressure: 10 bar Ambient temperature: -34°C to +50°C ACCESSORIES Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Series F72G F73G F74G www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1 Port size G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 Wall mounting bracket Quikclamp 4224-50 4224-50 4424-50 4424-50 4424-50 4424-50 4324-50 4324-50 4324-50 4214-51 4214-51 4314-51 4314-51 4314-51 4314-51 4314-51 4314-51 4314-51 Quikclamp and Quikclamp wall bracket 4214-52 4214-52 4314-52 4314-52 4314-52 4314-52 4314-52 4314-52 4314-52 121 Air line equipment EXCELON MODULAR SYSTEM ‘Puraire’® oil removal filters F72C, F73C, F74C, F74H G∞ to Gª F72C Excelon design allows in-line installation or modular installation with other Excelon products High efficiency oil and particle removal. Quick release bayonet bowl Service indicator standard Note: Install with 5 µm pre-filter upstream. Port size Flow (dm3/s) G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 G3/4 4,5 10,0 4,5 10,0 16,0 10,0 16,0 28,0 28,0 kg 0,40 0,54 0,40 0,54 0,85 0,54 0,83 1,11 1,10 Bowl Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent Guarded transparent Transparent Guarded transparent Guarded transparent Guarded transparent F74H Model Auto F72C-2GD-ALO F73C-2GD-ATO F72C-3GD-ALO F73C-3GD-ATO F74C-3GD-APO F73C-4GD-AT0 F74C-4GD-APO F74H-4GD-APO F74H-6GD-APO Service kit Manual F72C-2GD-QT0 F73C-2GD-QT0 F72C-3GD-QT0 F73C-3GD-QT0 F74C-3GD-QP0 F73C-4GD-QT0 F74C-4GD-QP0 F74H-4GD-QP0 F74H-6GD-QP0 F72C-KITA0C F73C-KITA0C F72C-KITA0C F73C-KITA0C F74C-KITA0C F73C-KITA0C F74C-KITA0C F74H-KITA0C F74H-KITA0C TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air Maximum inlet pressure: 10 bar transparent bowl or guarded 8 bar transparent bowl F72C with auto drain ACCESSORIES Series Port size F72C G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 Wall mounting bracket Quikclamp Quikclamp and Quikclamp wall bracket Remaining oil content: 0,01 mg/m‹ at +21°C Particle removal: 0,01 µm Ambient temperature: -34°C to +50°C F73C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C F74C, F74H 122 4224-50 4224-50 4424-50 4424-50 4424-50 4424-50 4324-50 4324-50 4324-50 4214-51 4214-51 4314-51 4314-51 4314-51 4314-51 4314-51 4314-51 4314-51 4214-52 4214-52 4314-52 4314-52 4314-52 4314-52 4314-52 4314-52 4314-52 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en122 EXCELON MODULAR SYSTEM ‘Ultraire®’ oil vapour removal filters F72V, F74V G∞ to Gª F74V F72V Excelon design allows in-line or modular installation with other Excelon products Adsorbing type activated carbon element removes oil vapours and most hydrocarbon odours Quick release bayonet bowl High intensity blue colour change indication (F72V) Port size Flow (dm‹/s) Bowl kg Model Service kit G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 1,6 1,6 13 13 13 Transparent Transparent Metal Metal Metal 0,52 0,52 1,15 1,14 1,12 F72V-2GN-ETC F72V-3GN-ETC F74V-3GN-EMA F74V-4GN-EMA F74V-6GN-EMA F72V-KITA0V F72V-KITA0V F74V-KITA0V F74V-KITA0V F74V-KITA0V ACCESSORIES TECHNICAL DATA Series Port size F72V G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 Wall mounting bracket Quikclamp Quikclamp and Quikclamp wall bracket 4214-51 4214-51 4314-51 4314-51 4314-51 4214-52 4214-52 4314-52 4314-52 4314-52 Medium: Compressed air Maximum inlet pressure: 10 bar (F72V) 17 bar (F74V) Remaining oil content: 0,003 mg/m‹ max. at +20°C. Ambient temperature: Transparent bowl: -34°C to +50°C (F72V) Metal bowl: -34°C to +65°C (F74V) F74V 4224-50 4224-50 4324-50 4324-50 4324-50 Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1 123 Air line equipment EXCELON MODULAR SYSTEM Filter/regulators B72G, B73G, B74G G∞ to Gª B72G B73G B74G Excelon design allows in-line installation or modular installation with other Excelon products High efficiency water and particle removal Quick release bayonet bowl Push to lock adjusting knob with tamper resistant accessory TECHNICAL DATA Port size G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G1/2 G3/4 Flow (dm3/s) 38 49 38 50 77 50 100 100 Bowls kg Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent Guarded transparent Transparent Guarded transparent Guarded transparent 0,56 0,7 0,56 0,7 1,25 0,7 1,25 1,30 Model Auto B72G-2GK-AL3-RMN B73G-2GK-AT3-RMN B72G-3GK-AL3-RMN B73G-3GK-AT3-RMN B74G-3GK-AP3-RMN B73G-4GK-AT3-RMN B74G-4GK-AP3-RMN B74G-6GK-AP3-RMN Manual B72G-2GK-QT3-RMN B73G-2GK-QT3-RMN B72G-3GK-QT3-RMN B73G-3GK-QT3-RMN B74G-3GK-QP3-RMN B73G-4GK-QT3-RMN B74G-4GK-QP3-RMN B74G-6GK-QP3-RMN Service kit Auto B72G-KITA40R B73G-KITA40R B72G-KITA40R B73G-KITA40R B74G-KITA40R B73G-KITA40R B74G-KITA40R B74G-KITA40R Manual B72G-KITM40R B73G-KITM40R B72G-KITM40R B73G-KITM40R B74G-KITM40R B73G-KITM40R B74G-KITM40R B74G-KITM40R Medium: Compressed air Maximum inlet pressure: 10 bar Gauge ports: Rc1/8 Ambient temperature: -34°C to +50°C. Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C ACCESSORIES Series B72G B73G B74G 124 Port size G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 Wall mounting bracket 4224-50 4224-50 4424-50 4424-50 4424-50 4424-50 4324-50 4324-50 4324-50 Neck mounting bracket Gauge 0 ... 10 bar Tamper resistant cover and seal wire 74316-50 74316-50 4461-50 4461-50 4461-50 4461-50 4368-51 4368-51 4368-51 18-013-989 18-013-989 18-013-013 18-013-013 18-013-013 18-013-013 18-013-013 18-013-013 18-013-013 4255-51 4255-51 4455-51 4455-51 4455-51 4455-51 4355-51 4355-51 4355-51 Quikclamp 4214-51 4214-51 4314-51 4314-51 4314-51 4314-51 4314-51 4314-51 4314-51 Quikclamp and Quikclamp wall bracket 4214-52 4214-52 4314-52 4314-52 4314-52 4314-52 4314-52 4314-52 4314-52 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en124 EXCELON MODULAR SYSTEM Pressure regulators R72G, R73G, R74G G∞ to Gª R72G Excelon design allows in-line or modular installation Balanced valve design for optimum pressure control Standard relieving models allow reduction of downstream pressure when the system is dead-ended Push to lock adjusting knob with tamper resistant accessory Manifold regulators can be banked together to provide numerous regulated pressures from a common primary pressure R73G R74G Port size Flow (dm3/s) kg Model Service kit G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G1/2 G3/4 33 50 33 60 98 60 105 105 0,36 0,48 0,36 0,48 0,82 0,48 0,80 0,78 R72G-2GK-RMN R73G-2GK-RMN R72G-3GK-RMN R73G-3GK-RMN R74G-3GK-RMN R73G-4GK-RMN R74G-4GK-RMN R74G-6GK-RMN R72G-KITR R73G-KITR R72G-KITR R73G-KITR R74G-KITR R73G-KITR R74G-KITR R74G-KITR For reverse option replace ‘G’ at 4th digit by ‘R’ e.g. R7*R-*GK-RMN TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air Maximum inlet pressure: 20 bar Gauge ports: Rc1/8 Ambient temperature: -34°C to +65°C (R72G) -34°C to +80°C (R73G & R74G) Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C ACCESSORIES Series Port size Wall mounting bracket Neck mounting bracket Gauge 0 ... 10 bar R72G G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 4224-50 4224-50 4424-50 4424-50 4424-50 4424-50 4324-50 4324-50 4324-50 74316-50 74316-50 4461-50 4461-50 4461-50 4461-50 4368-51 4368-51 4368-51 18-013-989 18-013-027 18-013-013 18-013-013 18-013-013 18-013-013 18-013-013 18-013-013 18-013-013 R73G R74G www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1 Tamper resistant cover and seal wire 4255-51 4255-51 4455-51 4455-51 4455-51 4455-51 4355-51 4355-51 4355-51 Quikclamp 4214-51 4214-51 4314-51 4314-51 4314-51 4314-51 4314-51 4314-51 4314-51 Quikclamp and Quikclamp wall bracket 4214-52 4214-52 4314-52 4314-52 4314-52 4314-52 4314-52 4314-52 4314-52 125 Air line equipment EXCELON MODULAR SYSTEM Lubricators L72, L73, L74 G∞ to Gª L72 L73 Excelon design allows in-line or modular installation Quick release bayonet bowl. Flow sensor provides a nearly constant oil/air ratio over a wide range of flows All round (360°) visibility of sightfeed dome for ease of drip rate setting Micro-fog and oil-fog L74 Port size Flow (dm‹/s) Bowl Bowl capacity (litre) kg Model Service kit G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 24 50 24 64 64 50 70 70 Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent Guarded transparent Guarded transparent Guarded transparent 0,04 0,1 0,04 0,1 0,1 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,49 0,49 0,49 0,55 0,55 0,60 0,60 0,90 L72M-2GP-ETN L73M-2GP-ETN L72M-3GP-ETN L73M-3GP-ETN L73M-4GP-ETN L74M-3GP-QPN L74M-4GP-QPN L74M-6GP-QPN L72M-KIT L73M-KIT L72M-KIT L73M-KIT L73M-KIT L74M-KIT L74M-KIT L74M-KIT Models listed are Micro-fog. For Oil-fog models, including service kits, replace ‘M’ at the 4th digit by ‘C’ e.g. L72C-2GP-ETN TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air Maximum inlet pressure: ACCESSORIES Series Port size L72 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 Wall mounting bracket Quikclamp Quikclamp and Quikclamp wall bracket 10 bar Start point: L72C L72M L73 L74 0,47 dm‹/s 0,94 dm‹/s 0,71 dm‹/s 0,94 dm‹/s Minimum flow required for lubricator operation at 6,3 bar inlet pressure L73 Ambient temperature: -20°C to +50°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C 126 L74 4224-50 4224-50 4424-50 4424-50 4424-50 4424-50 4324-50 – – 4214-51 4214-51 4314-51 4314-51 4314-51 4314-51 4314-51 4314-51 4314-51 4214-52 4214-52 4314-52 4314-52 4314-52 4314-52 4314-52 4314-52 4314-52 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en126 EXCELON MODULAR SYSTEM Pressure relief valves V72G, V74G G∞ to Gª V72G Excelon design allows in-line installation or modular installation with other Excelon products Push to lock adjusting knob with tamper resistant accessory Helps protect air operated equipment from over pressure by retarding excessive pressure build up V74G Port size kg Model G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 0,33 0,33 0,69 0,68 0,67 V72G-2GK-NMN V72G-3GK-NMN V74G-3GK-NMN V74G-4GK-NMN V74G-6GK-NMN Service kit V72G-KIT V72G-KIT V74G-KIT V74G-KIT V74G-KIT Note: for Excelon 73 combinations use V74G. Norgren pressure relief valves comply with category O(S.E.P.) and category 1 of the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC. TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air Gauge ports: Rc1/8 Relief port: G1/4 (V72G), G1/2 (V74G) Ambient temperature: -34°C to +65°C (V72G) -34°C to +80°C (V74G) Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C ACCESSORIES Series V72G V74G Port size G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 Wall mounting bracket Neck mounting bracket 4224-50 4224-50 4224-50 4324-50 4324-50 74316-50 74316-50 74316-50 4368-51 4368-51 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1 Gauge 0 ... 10 bar 18-013-989 18-013-989 18-013-989 18-013-013 18-013-013 Tamper resistant cover and seal wire 4255-51 4255-51 4255-51 4355-51 4355-51 Quikclamp 4214-51 4214-51 4214-51 4314-51 4314-51 Quikclamp and Quikclamp wall bracket 4214-52 4214-52 4314-52 4314-52 4314-52 127 Air line equipment EXCELON MODULAR SYSTEM Soft start/dump valves P72F, P74F G∞ to Gª Solenoid pilot operated Air pilot operated P72F Assists machine designers in complying with the European Machineries Directive Can help existing machinery to comply with PUWER (Provision and Use of Work Equipment Regulations) Controlled increase of downstream pressure on start up High forward flow capacity High flow dump facility Manual lockout option – when actuated overrides operating signal to dump downstream air P74F Port size kg Solenoid operated model* kg Air pilot operated model G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 2,0 2,0 1,05 1,41 P72F-2GC-PFN P72F-3GC-PFN P74F-4GC-PFN P74F-6GC-PFN 0,88 P72F-2GA-NNN 1,02 P74F-4GA-NNN Solenoid operated models are supplied with 22 mm 24 V d.c. 2 W solenoids but without connector plugs. * To order unit with connector plug replace ‘N’ at 12th digit by ‘A’ e.g. P7*F-*GC-PFA TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Exhaust port: Compressed air Maximum operating pressure: P72F Rc1/4 P74F G1/2 10 bar Maximum flow: Minimum operating pressure: 3 bar P72F 21 dm‹/s P74F 57 dm‹/s Ambient temperature: Note: Maximum flow with 6,3 bar inlet pressure and pressure drop of 0,5 bar 5°C to +50°C. Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Air pilot port: P72F M5 P74F Rc1/4 Snap pressure: Full flow when downstream pressure reaches 50 to 80% of inlet pressure. ACCESSORIES Series Port size Exhaust port silencer P72F G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 MB002B MB002B MB004B MB004B P74F Quikclamp 4214-51 4214-51 4314-51 4314-51 Quikclamp and Quikclamp wall bracket Plug with cable gland for 22 mm solenoid ** 4214-52 4214-52 4314-52 4314-52 M/P24121/1* M/P24121/2 M/P19063 10 ... 50 V a.c./d.c. 70 ... 110 V a.c. – * Reduced light intensity at 12 V. . ** For other solenoid plugs refer to page 72 128 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en128 MEMBRANE DRIERS W07M, W72M, W74M G∞, G≥ Removes water vapour from compressed air Provides dewpoint suppression up to 44°C below the ambient temperature, depending on air flow through the membrane Dewpoint suppression of 11°C below the ambient temperature is suitable for most industrial applications W72 and W74 utilize the Excelon® Quikclamp™ design to provide inline or modular installation with 72, 73 and 74 Series products W07 available for in-line installation only Easy installation, no power required Maintenance free with proper pre-filtration Minimal pressure drop Port size G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/2 Nominal flow (dm3/s) Outlet Inlet 1,00 1,06 2,40 2,65 4,75 5,27 14,20 15,76 Differential pressure (bar) kg Model 0,028 0,023 0,062 0,093 0,39 0,82 0,84 1,79 W07M-2GN-NNA W72M-2GN-NNB W72M-2GN-NNC W74M-4GN-NNE TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, pre-filtered to 0,01 µm and oil free Maximum operating pressure: 10 bar Ambient temperature: -20 to 80°C* *Air supply must be dry enough to avoid ice formation at temperatures below +2°C. www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1 129 Air line equipment EXCELON MODULAR SYSTEM ACCESSORIES SOLENOID OPERATED CONTROL VALVES Series Port size Function Type Model 72 72 72 74 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 * 3/2 NC 3/2 NC 3/2 NC 3/2 NC Solenoid Pilot Solenoid Solenoid P72C-2GC-PFA P72C-2GA-NNN P72C-3GC-PFA P74C-NGC-PFA High flow, spring return. Solenoid or air pilot operated. *Ports are unthreaded. Use Quikclamps. 130 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en130 PORTED COMBINATION UNITS Filter/regulators and lubricators P1H GΩ, G∞ Combinations of filter-regulators and lubricators can be ordered as pre-assembled units Complete control of filtration, regulation and lubrication at a single point Micro-fog versions for most general purpose pneumatic applications TECHNICAL DATA Filter/regulator & lubricator combinations Port size kg Model Auto Manual G1/8 G1/4 0,37 0,35 P1H-100-A3QG P1H-200-A3QG P1H-100-M3QG P1H-200-M3QG Models listed include ISO G threads, transparent bowls, filter/regulator with relieving diaphragm, automatic or manual drain, 40 µm element, 0,3 to 7 bar outlet pressure adjustment range (filter/regulator/lubricator combinations) ACCESSORIES Medium: Compressed air only Neck mounting bracket Gauge 0 ... 10 bar 18-025-003 18-013-989 Maximum inlet pressure: 10 bar Ambient temperature: -20°C to +50°C. Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1 131 Air line equipment PORTED GENERAL PURPOSE FILTERS F07 GΩ, G∞ Direct ported filters with high water removal efficiency Automatic drains supplied as standard High flow with minimal pressure drop Port size Flow (dm‹/s) G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 9 9 11,5 11,6 Drain Auto Manual Auto Manual Bowl kg Model Service kit Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent 0,13 0,13 0,13 0,13 F07-100-A3TG F07-100-M3TG F07-200-A3TG F07-200-M3TG F07-KITA40 F07-KITM40 F07-KITA40 F07-KITM40 Models listed include ISO G threads and 40 µm element. TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air only Maximum inlet pressure: ACCESSORIES Bracket kit 10 bar Ambient temperature: -34°C to +50°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C 132 5939-06 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en132 PORTED FILTER/REGULATORS B07 GΩ, G∞ Filter-regulators for all general purpose pneumatic applications High performance design provides high flow with minimum pressure drop Non-rising adjusting knob has snap-action lock Port size G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 Flow (dm3/s) 6,2 6,2 6,5 6,5 Drain Auto Manual Auto Manual Bowl Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent Range (bar) 0,3 ... 7 0,3 ... 7 0,3 ... 7 0,3 ... 7 kg 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 Model B07-101-A3KG B07-101-M3KG B07-201-A3KG B07-201-M3KG Service kit B07-KITA40R B07-KITM40R B07-KITA40R B07-KITM40R Models listed include ISO G threads, relieving diaphragm and 40 µm element. TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air only Maximum inlet pressure: 10 bar Gauge ports: ACCESSORIES Neck mounting bracket Gauge 0 ... 10 bar Panel mounting Rc1/8 Ambient temperature: -34°C to +50°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C 18-025-003 (Includes nut 2962-89) www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1 18-013-989 2962-89 (Plastic nut) 2962-04 (Metal nut) 133 Air line equipment PORTED PRESSURE REGULATORS R07 GΩ, G∞ Ported regulators for general purpose pneumatic applications Relieving operation as standard Non-rising adjusting knob with snap-action lock Port size Flow (dm‹/s) Range (bar) kg Model Service kit G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 6,5 7,5 7 7,5 0,3 ... 7 0,5 ... 10 0,3 ... 7 0,5 ... 10 0,19 0,16 0,19 0,16 R07-100-RNKG R07-105-RNMG R07-200-RNKG R07-205-RNMG R07-KITR R07-KITR R07-KITR R07-KITR Models listed include ISO G threads and relieving diaphragm. TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air only Maximum inlet pressure: 20 bar ACCESSORIES Bracket kit Gauge ports: Gauge 0 ... 10 bar Panel mounting Rc1/8 Ambient temperature: -34°C to +65°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C 18-025-003 (includes panel nut 2962-89) 134 18-013-989 (0 ... 10 bar) 2962-89 (Plastic nut only) 2962-04 (Metal nut only) www.norgren.com/info/nec/en134 PORTED LUBRICATORS L07 GΩ, G∞ Micro-fog lubricators provide a fine mist for most general purpose pneumatic applications TECHNICAL DATA Micro-fog lubricator Port size Flow (dm‹/s) Bowl Bowl capacity (litre) kg Model Service kit G1/8 G1/4 5 6,7 Transparent Transparent 0,03 0,03 0,13 0,13 L07-100-MPQG L07-200-MPQG L07-KIT L07-KIT Medium: Compressed air only Maximum inlet pressure: 10 bar Start point: 0,24 ACCESSORIES Neck mounting bracket dm3/s Minimum flow required for lubricator operation at 6,3 bar inlet pressure Ambient temperature: -20°C to +50°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C 18-025-003 (includes panel nut 2962-89) www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1 18-013-989 (0 ... 10 bar) 2962-89 (Plastic nut only) 2962-04 (Metal nut only) 135 Air line equipment PORTED PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES - DIAPHRAGM TYPE V07 GΩ, G∞ Protect compressed air systems from over-pressurisation Norgren pressure relief valves comply with category O(S.E.P.) and category 1 of the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC. Port size Range (bar) kg Model Service kit G1/8 G1/4 0,3 ... 9 0,3 ... 9 0,13 0,13 V07-100-NNLG V07-200-NNLG V07-KIT V07-KIT TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air only Gauge ports: ACCESSORIES Bracket kit Gauge Panel mounting 18-025-003 (includes panel nut 2962-89) 18-013-989 (0 ... 10 bar) 2962-89 (Plastic nut only) 2962-04 (Metal nut only) Rc1/8 Relief port: As inlet port Ambient temperature: -34°C to +65°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C 136 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en136 GENERAL PURPOSE STAINLESS STEEL REGULATORS Pressure regulators, filter-regulators B05, R05 ∞" NPTF B05 R05 Metallic parts meet NACE* recommendations Miniature high corrosion resistant design Adjusting knob has snapaction lock Particularly suitable for marine, petro-chemical, food processing, medical, dental and similar applications Panel mounting facility * National Association of Corrosion Engineers recognised oil-field recommendation for resistance to sulphide stress cracking common in well-head and other corrosive environments. General purpose filter-regulators Port size 1/4 NPTF 1/4 NPTF Flow (dm‹/s) 5 3 Element (µm) 5 – Drain Manual – Range (bar) 0,3 ... 8,6 0,3 ... 8,6 Operation Relieving Relieving kg 0,42 0,20 Model Service kit B05-233-M1LA B05-KITM05R R05-200-RNLA R05-KITR ACCESSORIES Series Gauge (0 ... 6 bar) Panel mounting R05 B05 18-013-844 18-013-844 2962-89 (Nut only) 2962-89 (Nut only) TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air only Maximum inlet pressure: 17 bar Gauge ports: 1/8" NPTF Ambient temperature: -34°C to +66°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1 137 Air line equipment PORTED STAINLESS STEEL EQUIPMENT Filters, pressure regulators, lubricators F22, R22, L22 ≥" PTF R22 F22 L22 Filters Lloyds Register Type Approved Materials meet NACE* recommendations (MR-0175, 2002 revision) 25 µm filter element and auto drain as standard Orientable metal bowls with sightglasses * Maximum flow with 6,3 bar inlet pressure and pressure drop of 0,5 bar. * National Association of Corrosion Engineers – recognised oil-field recommendation for resistance to sulphide stress cracking common in well-head and other corrosive environments These units can be adjusted to zero bar outlet pressure, and, generally to pressures in excess of those specified. * Maximum flow with 10 bar inlet pressure, 6,3 bar outlet pressure and a pressure droop of 1 bar from set. TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air only Maximum inlet pressure: 17 bar (F22) 20 bar (R22) Gauge ports: Port size 1/2 PTF 1/2 PTF Flow (dm‹/s)* 57 57 Element (µm) 25 25 Drain Auto Manual Bowl Metal Metal kg 1,88 1,84 Model F22-400-A7DA F22-400-M7DA Service kit kg 1,52 Model Service kit R22-401-RNMA R22-KITR F22-KITA25 F22-KITM25 Pressure regulators Port size 1/2 PTF Flow (dm‹/s)* 50 Range (bar) 0,4 ... 10 Operation Relieving Lubricators Port size Flow (dm‹/s)* Start point (dm‹/s)# Operation Bowl Bowl capacity kg Model** Service kit 1/2 PTF 48 1,7 Oil-fog Metal 0,2 l 1,93 L22-400-OP8A L22-KIT * Typical flow with 6,3 bar inlet pressure and 0,5 bar pressure drop. ** Models listed in the order table must not be located downstream of frequently cycling directional control valves. Order the optional bidirectional oil-fog lubricator for use under such conditions. # Start point at 6,3 bar. 1/4 PTF (R22) Ambient temperature: -20°C to +80°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C 138 ACCESSORIES Series Bracket kit F22 R22 L22 18-001-962 18-001-962 18-001-962 Gauge 0 ... 10 bar 18-013-909 Neck mounting bracket 18-001-959 (Panel nut and single bracket) www.norgren.com/info/nec/en138 ADDITIONAL RANGES 11-818 PRECISION PRESSURE REGULATOR Compact, high precision regulators for air gauging, laboratory use and precise pilot control* TECHNICAL DATA Medium: * Not recommended for dead end use, consult our Technical Service for details Compressed air only Maximum inlet pressure: 10 bar (11-818-100) 14 bar (11-818-110) 8 bar (11-818-999) Ambient temperature: 0°C to +70°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Port size Accuracy (bar)** Range (bar) Operation kg Model Service kit G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 0,01 0,03 0,05 0,02 ... 0,5 0,07 ... 4 0,4 ... 10 Relieving only Relieving only Relieving only 0,59 0,59 0,59 11-818-999 11-818-100 11-818-110 2787-96 2787-98 2787-97 ** Typical mid-range variance from set pressure with 7 bar inlet at 2 dm3/s A Norgren oil removal filter should be fitted upstream of these units. Can be adjusted to zero bar outlet pressure and generally to pressures in excess of those specified DRIP LEG DRAIN Port size G1/2 Bowl Transparent Model 17-816-999 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1 Fully automatic unit that can drain liquid from low points in compressed air systems Vent valve allows pressure to be exhausted to atmosphere before routine maintenance is carried out 139 Fittings Fittings Tubing Accessories 140 Pneufit C and M Pneufit push-in BSP and hose Push-in composite Ø 3 ... 16 mm Ø 4 ... 14 mm M5, Ω" ... 1" Page 141 Page 152 Page 160 Nylon tubing Polyurethane tubing Copper tubing Ø 4 ... 14 mm Ø 3 ... 12 mm Ø 4 ... 22 mm Page 166 Page 166 Page 166 60, 61 Series MA, MB Series T40 Series Ball valves GΩ ... G∞ Silencers GΩ ... G2 Sintered bronze silencers GΩ ... G1 Page 167 Page 169 Page 170 M/S, T45 Series M/15 Series Rotating joints Porous plastic silencers Ø 4 ... 12 mm GΩ ... G1 Exhaust filters GΩ ... G1 GΩ ... G≤ Page 170 Page 170 Page 170 PNEUFIT C AND M COMPOSITE FITTINGS Metric Ø 3 to 16 mm O/D tube Norgren Pneufit® C and M fittings are ready to use, offering fast assembly with no need for tools and providing optimum flow. Pneufit® C offers a broad range of over 1,000 composite push-in pneumatic fittings to complement our established all brass Pneufit® series. Releasable stainless-steel grab-ring to grip nylon or polyurethane tube (85 or 95 durometer). Nickel plated brass components provide corrosion and contamination resistance and an extended life. Pre applied thread sealant on all taper threads and recessed captive O-ring on parallel threads provides optimum rapid sealing. Internal and external hexagons on straight fittings. Immediate quality sealing using silicone free Upacking. Mounting holes on all union fittings. Also introducing Miniature Pneufit® M an ultra compact alternative where space is at a premium. TECHNICAL DATA Typical part number: C01470628 Medium: 90° swivel elbow adaptor Compressed air Operating pressure: Body 750 mm Hg vacuum, up to 10 bar Release button Ambient temperature: 0 to 60°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Tube sizes: Standard sizes: 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16 mm Miniature sizes: 3, 4, and 6 mm Thread sizes: Standard sizes: M5, M6, 1/8", 1/4", 3/8" and 1/2" ISO G and ISO Rc Miniature sizes: M3, M5 and 1/8" ISORc Tubing: Nylon 11 or 12 Polyurethane 85, 95 or 98 durometer Grab ring 'O' ring 'O' ring Thread MATERIALS Body: PBT Seals: NBR (silicone free) u-packing and O-rings Threaded bodies: nickel plated brass Release sleeve and backing ring: POM Grab-ring: stainless steel Collar: nickel plated brass Thread sealant: threebond 2350B www.norgren.com/info/nec/en141 Pre applied thread sealant (tapered threads) 141 Fittings PNEUFIT C AND M COMPOSITE FITTINGS Metric Ø 3 to 16 mm O/D tube Straight union Straight adaptor (external + internal hex) O/D Tube 4 6 8 10 12 16 C00200400 C00200600 C00200800 C00201000 C00201200 C00201600 Straight union (unequal) O/D Tube O/D Tube 6 8 10 12 16 4 6 8 10 12 C00200604 C00200806 C00201008 C00201210 C00201612 Straight adaptor (external + internal hex) 142 O/D Tube BSPT Thread 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 16 16 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/8 R1/2 C01250418 C01250428 C01250438 C01250618 C01250628 C01250638 C01250648 C01250818 C01250828 C01250838 C01250848 C01251018 C01251028 C01251038 C01251048 C01251218 C01251228 C01251238 C01251248 C01251638 C01251648 O/D Tube Metric & BSPP thread 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 16 16 M5 M6 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 M5 M6 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/8 G1/2 C02250405 C02250406 C02250418 C02250428 C02250438 C02250605 C02250606 C02250618 C02250628 C02250638 C02250818 C02250828 C02250838 C02250848 C02251018 C02251028 C02251038 C02251048 C02251228 C02251238 C02251248 C02251638 C02251648 Straight adaptor (internal hex only) O/D Tube Metric & BSPT thread 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 M5 M6 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 M5 M6 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 C022A0405 C022A0406 C012A0418 C012A0428 C012A0438 C022A0605 C022A0606 C012A0618 C012A0628 C012A0638 C012A0818 C012A0828 C012A0838 C012A0848 C012A1018 C012A1028 C012A1038 C012A1048 C012A1218 C012A1228 C012A1238 C012A1248 Female adaptor O/D Tube Female BSPP 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 M5 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 Bulkhead union O/D Tube C02260405 C02260418 C02260428 C02260438 C02260618 C02260628 C02260638 C02260818 C02260828 C02260838 C02260848 C02261018 C02261028 C02261038 C02261048 C02261228 C02261238 C02261248 Stem reducer O/D Stem O/D Tube 6 8 8 10 10 12 12 12 16 4 4 6 6 8 6 8 10 12 C00230604 C00230804 C00230806 C00231006 C00231008 C00231206 C00231208 C00231210 C00231612 O/D Stem 6 8 4 6 C00290400 C00290600 C00290800 C00291000 C00291200 Straight adaptor (female bulkhead) O/D Tube BSPP Thread 4 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 C02320418 C02320428 C02320438 C02320618 C02320628 C02320638 C02320818 C02320828 C02320838 C02321028 C02321038 C02321048 C02321228 C02321238 C02321248 Stem union Stem expander (stem/tube) O/D Tube 4 6 8 10 12 O/D Tube C00230406 C00230608 4 6 8 10 12 16 C00220400 C00220600 C00220800 C00221000 C00221200 C00221600 143 Fittings PNEUFIT C AND M COMPOSITE FITTINGS Metric Ø 3 to 16 mm O/D tube Stem union (unequal) O/D Tube O/D Stem 4 6 8 10 12 6 8 10 12 16 90° Swivel elbow adaptor C00220604 C00220806 C00221008 C00221210 C00221612 Plug O/D Tube 4 6 8 10 12 16 C00040400 C00040600 C00040800 C00041000 C00041200 C00041600 O/D Tube C00120400 C00120600 C00120800 C00121000 C00121200 C00121600 Union elbow O/D Tube 4 6 8 10 12 16 144 BSPT Thread 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 16 16 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/8 R1/2 C01470418 C01470428 C01470438 C01470618 C01470628 C01470638 C01470648 C01470818 C01470828 C01470838 C01470848 C01471018 C01471028 C01471038 C01471048 C01471218 C01471228 C01471238 C01471248 C01471638 C01471648 90° Swivel elbow adaptor Cap (female plug) 4 6 8 10 12 16 O/D Tube C00400400 C00400600 C00400800 C00401000 C00401200 C00401600 O/D Tube Metric & BSPP thread 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 16 16 M5 M6 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 M5 M6 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/8 G1/2 C02470405 C02470406 C02470418 C02470428 C02470438 C02470605 C02470606 C02470618 C02470628 C02470638 C02470818 C02470828 C02470838 C02470848 C02471018 C02471028 C02471038 C02471048 C02471228 C02471238 C02471248 C02471638 C02471648 Stem elbow O/D Tube O/D Stem 4 6 8 10 12 16 4 6 8 10 12 16 90° Swivel elbow adaptor (female) C00430400 C00430600 C00430800 C00431000 C00431200 C00431600 90° Swivel elbow adaptor (Extended) O/D Tube Metric & BSPT thread 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 16 16 M5 M6 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 M5 M6 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/8 R1/2 C02540405 C02540406 C01540418 C01540428 C01540438 C02540605 C02540606 C01540618 C01540628 C01540638 C01540648 C01540818 C01540828 C01540838 C01540848 C01541018 C01541028 C01541038 C01541048 C01541218 C01541228 C01541238 C01541248 C01541638 C01541648 O/D Tube Metric & BSPT thread 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12 M5 M6 R1/8 R1/4 M5 M6 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 C02480405 C02480406 C01480418 C01480428 C02480605 C02480606 C01480618 C01480628 C01480638 C01480818 C01480828 C01480838 C01481028 C01481038 C01481048 C01481228 C01481238 C01481248 Banjo O/D Tube Metric & BSPP thread 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 M5 G1/8 G1/4 M5 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/8 G1/2 C0A510405 C0A510418 C0A510428 C0A510605 C0A510618 C0A510628 C0A510638 C0A510818 C0A510828 C0A510838 C0A510848 C0A511028 C0A511038 C0A511048 C0A511238 C0A511248 Banjo with top port O/D Tube Metric & BSPT thread 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 12 M5 R1/8 R1/4 M5 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/4 R3/8 R3/8 C0D510405 C0E510418 C0F510428 C0D510605 C0E510618 C0F510628 C0G510638 C0E510818 C0F510828 C0G510838 C0F511028 C0G511038 C0G511238 145 Fittings PNEUFIT C AND M COMPOSITE FITTINGS Metric Ø 3 to 16 mm O/D tube Banjo flow control (out) O/D Tube BSPT Thread 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 C0TAO0418 C0TAO0428 C0TAO0618 C0TAO0628 C0TAO0638 C0TAO0818 C0TAO0828 C0TAO0838 C0TAO0848 C0TAO1028 C0TAO1038 C0TAO1048 C0TAO1228 C0TAO1238 C0TAO1248 Banjo flow control (out) O/D Tube Metric & BSPP thread 3 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12 M5 M5 G1/8 G1/4 M5 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 COK510305 COK510405 COK510418 COK510428 COK510605 COK510618 COK510628 COK510638 COK510818 COK510828 COK510838 COK510848 COK511028 COK511038 COK511048 COK511228 COK511238 COK511248 Banjo flow control (in) 146 O/D Tube BSPT Thread 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 C0SA00418 C0SA00428 C0SA00618 C0SA00628 C0SA00638 C0SA00818 C0SA00828 C0SA00838 C0SA00848 C0SA01028 C0SA01038 C0SA01048 C0SA01228 C0SA01238 C0SA01248 Banjo flow control (in) O/D Tube Metric & BSPP thread 3 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12 M5 M5 G1/8 G1/4 M5 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 COL510305 COL510405 COL510418 COL510428 COL510605 COL510618 COL510628 COL510638 COL510818 COL510828 COL510838 COL510848 COL511028 COL511038 COL511048 COL511228 COL511238 COL511248 Shrouded banjo O/D Tube BSPT Thread 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12 R 1/8 R 1/4 R 1/8 R 1/4 R 3/8 R 1/8 R 1/4 R 3/8 R 1/2 R 1/4 R 3/8 R 1/2 R 1/4 R 3/8 R 1/2 C0TB00418 C0TB00428 C0TB00618 C0TB00628 C0TB00638 C0TB00818 C0TB00828 C0TB00838 C0TB00848 C0TB01028 C0TB01038 C0TB01048 C0TB01228 C0TB01238 C0TB01248 Shrouded banjo O/D Tube Metric & BSPP thread 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12 M5 G 1/8 G 1/4 M5 G 1/8 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/8 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 C0KB00405 C0KB00418 C0KB00428 C0KB00605 C0KB00618 C0KB00628 C0KB00638 C0KB00818 C0KB00828 C0KB00838 C0KB00848 C0KB01028 C0KB01038 C0KB01048 C0KB01228 C0KB01238 C0KB01248 In-line flow control Swivel tee adaptor O/D Tube 4 6 8 10 12 CO0GE0400 CO0GE0600 CO0GE0800 CO0GE1000 CO0GE1200 Union tee O/D Tube 4 6 8 10 12 16 C00600400 C00600600 C00600800 C00601000 C00601200 C00601600 Union tee (unequal) O/D Tube Centre leg O/D Tube 6 8 10 10 12 12 16 16 4 6 6 8 8 10 10 12 BSPT Thread 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 16 16 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/8 R1/2 Metric & BSPP thread 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 16 16 M5 M6 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 M5 M6 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/8 G1/2 C02670405 C02670406 C02670418 C02670428 C02670438 C02670605 C02670606 C02670618 C02670628 C02670638 C02670648 C02670818 C02670828 C02670838 C02670848 C02671018 C02671028 C02671038 C02671048 C02671228 C02671238 C02671248 C02671638 C02671648 C006A0604 C006A0806 C006A1006 C006A1008 C006A1208 C006A1210 C006A1610 C006A1612 Swivel side tee adaptor Swivel tee adaptor O/D Tube O/D Tube C01670418 C01670428 C01670438 C01670618 C01670628 C01670638 C01670648 C01670818 C01670828 C01670838 C01670848 C01671018 C01671028 C01671038 C01671048 C01671218 C01671228 C01671238 C01671248 C01671638 C01671648 O/D Tube BSPT Thread 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 C01680418 C01680428 C01680438 C01680618 C01680628 C01680638 C01680648 C01680818 C01680828 C01680838 C01680848 C01681018 C01681028 C01681038 C01681048 C01681218 C01681228 C01681238 C01681248 147 Fittings PNEUFIT C AND M COMPOSITE FITTINGS Metric Ø 3 to 16 mm O/D tube Swivel side tee adaptor Swivel tee adaptor (female) O/D Tube Metric & BSPP thread O/D Tube Metric & BSPT thread 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 M5 M6 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 M5 M6 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 M5 M6 R1/8 R1/4 M5 M6 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 C02680405 C02680406 C02680418 C02680428 C02680438 C02680605 C02680606 C02680618 C02680628 C02680638 C02680818 C02680828 C02680838 C02680848 C02681018 C02681028 C02681038 C02681048 C02681228 C02681238 C02681248 Union Y (equal) Stem tee (equal) O/D Tube O/D Stem 4 6 8 10 12 4 6 8 10 12 C026C0405 C026C0406 C016C0418 C016C0428 C026C0605 C026C0606 C016C0618 C016C0628 C016C0638 C016C0818 C016C0828 C016C0838 C016C0848 C016C1018 C016C1028 C016C1038 C016C1048 C016C1228 C016C1238 C016C1248 O/D Tube C00630400 C00630600 C00630800 C00631000 C00631200 4 6 8 10 12 C00820400 C00820600 C00820800 C00821000 C00821200 Union Y (unequal) (unequal) O/D Tube O/D Stem 4 6 8 10 6 8 10 12 C00630604 C00630806 C00631008 C00631210 O/D Tube O/D Tube 4 6 8 10 6 8 10 12 C00820604 C00820806 C00821008 C00821210 Swivel Y adaptor Stem side tee (equal) O/D Tube O/D Stem 4 6 8 10 12 4 6 8 10 12 C00640400 C00640600 C00640800 C00641000 C00641200 (unequal) 148 O/D Tube O/D Stem 4 6 8 10 6 8 10 12 C00640604 C00640806 C00641008 C00641210 O/D Tube BSPT Thread 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 C01880418 C01880428 C01880438 C01880618 C01880628 C01880638 C01880648 C01880818 C01880828 C01880838 C01880848 C01881018 C01881028 C01881038 C01881048 C01881218 C01881228 C01881238 C01881248 Swivel Y adaptor O/D Tube BSPP Thread 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 M5 M6 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 M5 M6 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 Manifold union C02880405 C02880406 C02880418 C02880428 C02880438 C02880605 C02880606 C02880618 C02880628 C02880638 C02880648 C02880818 C02880828 C02880838 C02880848 C02881018 C02881028 C02881038 C02881048 C02881228 C02881238 C02881248 O/D Tube Outlet O/D Tube inlet 4 4 6 6 8 6 8 8 10 10 C00D30604 C00D30804 C00D30806 C00D31006 C00D31008 Male manifold O/D Tube Outlet O/D Tube inlet BSPT Thread 4 4 6 8 6 8 8 10 R1/8 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 C01D30418 C01D30428 C01D30628 C01D30838 Stem Y (equal) O/D Tube O/D Stem 4 6 8 10 12 4 6 8 10 12 C00840400 C00840600 C00840800 C00841000 C00841200 Stem Y (unequal) O/D Tube O/D Stem 4 6 8 10 6 8 10 12 Stem manifold O/D Tube O/D Stem 4 4 6 8 6 8 8 10 C00J30604 C00J30804 C00J30806 C00J31008 C00840604 C00840806 C00841008 C00841210 Hand valve tube to tube O/D Tube 6 8 10 12 Union cross O/D Tube 4 6 8 10 12 C00GF0600 C00GF0800 C00GF1000 C00GF1200 C00900400 C00900600 C00900800 C00901000 C00901200 149 Fittings PNEUFIT C AND M COMPOSITE FITTINGS Metric Ø 3 to 16 mm O/D tube Hand valve thread to thread Straight union O/D Tube BSPT Thread R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 C01GG1818 C01GG2828 C01GG3838 C01GG4848 3 4 6 M00200300 M00200400 M00200600 Straight adaptor (external hex + internal hex) Hand valve tube to thread O/D Tube BSPT Thread 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12 R 1/8 R 1/4 R 3/8 R 1/8 R 1/4 R 3/8 R 1/4 R 3/8 R 1/2 R 1/4 R 3/8 R 1/2 C01GH0618 C01GH0628 C01GH0638 C01GH0818 C01GH0828 C01GH0838 C01GH1028 C01GH1038 C01GH1048 C01GH1228 C01GH1238 C01GH1248 O/D Tube Metric & BSPT thread 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 M3 M5 M6 M3 M5 M6 R1/8 M5 M6 R1/8 M02250303 M02250305 M02250306 M02250403 M02250405 M02250406 M01250418 M02250605 M02250606 M01250618 Straight adaptor (internal hex only) Hand valve thread to tube O/D Tube BSPT Thread 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12 R 1/8 R 1/4 R 3/8 R 1/8 R 1/4 R 3/8 R 1/4 R 3/8 R 1/2 R 1/4 R 3/8 R 1/2 C01GJ0618 C01GJ0628 C01GJ0638 C01GJ0818 C01GJ0828 C01GJ0838 C01GJ1028 C01GJ1038 C01GJ1048 C01GJ1228 C01GJ1238 C01GJ1248 O/D Tube Metric & BSPT thread 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 M3 M5 M6 M3 M5 M6 R1/8 M5 M6 R1/8 M022A0303 M022A0305 M022A0306 M022A0403 M022A0405 M022A0406 M012A0418 M022A0605 M022A0606 M012A0618 Straight adaptor (female thread) Straight union (unequal) 150 O/D Tube O/D Tube 4 6 6 3 3 4 M00200403 M00200603 M00200604 O/D Tube Metric & BSPT thread 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 M3 M5 M6 M3 M5 M6 R1/8 M5 M6 R1/8 M02260303 M02260305 M02260306 M02260403 M02260405 M02260406 M01260418 M02260605 M02260606 M01260618 Union elbow Swivel side tee adaptor O/D Tube 3 4 6 M00400300 M00400400 M00400600 O/D Tube Metric & BSPT thread 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 M3 M5 M6 M3 M5 M6 R1/8 M5 M6 R1/8 M02680303 M02680305 M02680306 M02680403 M02680405 M02680406 M01680418 M02680605 M02680606 M01680618 90° Swivel elbow adaptor O/D Tube Metric & BSPT thread 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 M3 M5 M6 M3 M5 M6 R1/8 M5 M6 R1/8 M02470303 M02470305 M02470306 M02470403 M02470405 M02470406 M01470418 M02470605 M02470606 M01470618 Union tee O/D Tube 3 4 6 M00600300 M00600400 M00600600 Swivel tee adaptor O/D Tube Metric & BSPT thread 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 M3 M5 M6 M3 M5 M6 R1/8 M5 M6 R1/8 M02670303 M02670305 M02670306 M02670403 M02670405 M02670406 M01670418 M02670605 M02670606 M01670618 151 Fittings PNEUFIT PUSH-IN FITTINGS Metric Ø 4 to 14 mm O/D tube Compact units featuring retained collets and positive tube anchorage. Silicone free O-ring seals. Non-PTFE based thread sealant on all BSP taper threads. Easy tube insertion for rapid assembly. Internal hexagon on straight adaptors allows assembly in confined spaces. For simple and quick assembly of pneumatic circuits. Wide range of types available. Reliable and corrosion resistant. TECHNICAL DATA Tubing: Medium: Nylon 11 or 12, polyurethane* and other plasticised or unplasticised tubing which conforms to the tolerances specified in BS5409/1:1976, light and normal duty, DIN 73378, DIN 74234, NFE 49-100. *It is light,stable and has a hardness of 92 to 98 shore A. Compressed air Operating pressure: Vacuum - 18 bar unless otherwise stated (dependant on tubing specification) Ambient temperature: -20°C to +80°C Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C Tube sizes: 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 mm O/D Warning: The push-in tube fittings in this section must not be used in vehicle air braking and ancillary systems. For push-in fittings suitable for these applications please consult our Technical Service for details. MATERIALS Body: nickel plated brass or glass filled nylon Collet: nickel plated brass 'O'-ring: Silicone free nitrile rubber Sealing washer (parallel threads): nitrile 'O'-ring Thread sealant: non-PTFE Tube stop O-ring Collet Internal hexagon Body Thread sealant 152 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en152 Straight adaptor Straight stem adaptor O/D Tube Metric & BSPP thread O/D Stem BSPT Thread 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 14 14 M3 M5 G1/8 G1/4 M5 G1/8 G1/4 M5 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/8 G1/2 4 4 5 5 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/8 R1/2 102250403 102250405 102250418 102250428 102250505 102250518 102250528 102250605 102250618 102250628 102250818 102250828 102250838 102250848 102251018 102251028 102251038 102251048 102251228 102251238 102251248 102251438 102251448 Straight adaptor O/D Tube BSPT Thread 4 4 5 5 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 14 14 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/8 R1/2 101250418 101250428 101250518 101250528 101250618 101250628 101250818 101250828 101250838 101250848 101251018 101251028 101251038 101251048 101251228 101251238 101251248 101251438 101251448 Straight adaptor O/D Tube Metric & BSPP female 4 4 4 5 5 6 6 8 8 10 10 12 12 M5 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 101150418 101150428 101150518 101150528 101150618 101150628 101150818 101150828 101150838 101151028 101151038 101151048 101151238 101151248 Straight stem adaptor O/D Stem BSPP Thread 4 4 5 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 12 12 14 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G3/8 102150418 102150428 102150518 102150618 102150628 102150818 102150828 102150838 102151028 102151038 102151238 102151248 102151438 Straight connector O/D Tube 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 100200400 100200500 100200600 100200800 100201000 100201200 100201400 Bulkhead connector O/D Tube 102260405 102260418 102260428 102260518 102260528 102260618 102260628 102260818 102260828 102261028 102261038 102261238 102261248 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 100290400 100290500 100290600 100290800 100291000 100291200 100291400 153 Fittings PNEUFIT PUSH-IN FITTINGS Metric Ø 4 to 14 mm O/D tube Mixed bulkhead connector PIF to compression fitting O/D Tube O/D tube comp 4 6 8 10 12 4 6 8 10 12 100310404 100310606 100310808 100311010 100311212 Supplied complete with tubing nut and sleeve. Unequal stem O/D Tube 5 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 4 4 5 4 5 6 4 6 8 4 5 6 8 10 6 8 10 12 100230504 100230604 100230605 100230804 100230805 100230806 100231004 100231006 100231008 100231204 100231205 100231206 100231208 100231210 100231406 100231408 100231410 100231412 6 8 100230406 100230608 Straight stem connector – brass O/D Stem 154 Hose bore 5 6 6 8 8 10 12 12 5 5 6,3 6,3 8 10 10 12,5 100190505 100190605 100190606 100190806 100190808 100191010 100191210 100191212 O/D Stem Expanding 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 O/D Stem Silencer Reducing O/D stem 4 6 Stem tailpiece adaptor 100220400 100220500 100220600 100220800 100221000 100221200 100221400 4 6 8 10 12 100110400 100110600 100110800 100111000 100111200 Fixed elbow adaptor O/D Tube BSPT Thread 4 4 5 5 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 101450418 101450428 101450518 101450528 101450618 101450628 101450818 101450828 101450838 101450848 101451018 101451028 101451038 101451048 101451228 101451238 101451248 90° swivel elbow adaptor O/D Tube Metric & BSPP thread 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 14 14 M3 M5 G1/8 G1/4 M5 G1/8 G1/4 M5 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/8 G1/2 102470403 102470405 102470418 102470428 102470505 102470518 102470528 102470605 102470618 102470628 102470818 102470828 102470838 102470848 102471018 102471028 102471038 102471048 102471228 102471238 102471248 102471438 102471448 90° swivel elbow adaptor O/D Tube BSPT Thread 4 4 5 5 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 14 14 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/8 R1/2 101470418 101470428 101470518 101470528 101470618 101470628 101470638 101470818 101470828 101470838 101470848 101471018 101471028 101471038 101471048 101471228 101471238 101471248 101471438 101471448 Extended swivel elbow adaptor O/D Tube BSPT Thread 4 4 6 6 8 8 8 10 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R3/8 101540418 101540428 101540618 101540628 101540818 101540828 101540838 101541038 45° swivel adaptor O/D Tube BSPP Thread 6 6 8 8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 102570618 102570628 102570818 102570828 155 Fittings PNEUFIT PUSH-IN FITTINGS Metric Ø 4 to 14 mm O/D tube Equal elbow connector O/D Tube 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 100400400 100400500 100400600 100400800 100401000 100401200 100401400 Stem elbow connector Equal O/D tube O/D Stem 4 6 8 4 6 8 Extended O/D tube O/D Stem 6 6 O/D Tube Metric & BSPP thread 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 12 12 14 14 M5 G1/8 M5 G1/8 G1/4 M5 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 102670405 102670418 102670505 102670518 102670528 102670605 102670618 102670628 102670818 102670828 102670838 102671028 102671038 102671228 102671238 102671438 102671448 100430400 100430600 100430800 Swivel tee adaptor 100440600 Bulkhead swivel elbow connector O/D Tube 4 6 8 10 12 14 Swivel tee adaptor 100490400 100490600 100490800 100491000 100491200 100491400 O/D Tube BSPT Thread 4 4 5 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12 14 14 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/8 R1/2 101670418 101670428 101670518 101670618 101670628 101670818 101670828 101670838 101671028 101671038 101671048 101671228 101671238 101671248 101671438 101671448 Equal tee connector O/D Tube Fixed tee adaptor 156 O/D Tube BSPT Thread 4 5 6 6 8 8 10 12 R1/8 R1/8 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R1/4 R1/4 101650418 101650518 101650618 101650628 101650818 101650828 101651028 101651228 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 100600400 100600500 100600600 100600800 100601000 100601200 100601400 Fixed side tee adaptor O/D Tube BSPT Thread 6 8 8 R1/8 R1/8 R1/4 4 way cross connector O/D Tube 101750618 101750818 101750828 4 6 8 10 100900400 100900600 100900800 100901000 Parallel Y connector Swivel side tee adaptor O/D Tube Metric & BSPP thread 4 4 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 12 12 14 14 M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 102680405 102680418 102680618 102680628 102680818 102680828 102680838 102681028 102681038 102681228 102681238 102681438 102681448 Swivel side tee adaptor O/D Tube BSPT Thread 4 4 5 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 12 12 12 14 14 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/8 R1/2 101680418 101680428 101680518 101680618 101680628 101680818 101680828 101680838 101681028 101681038 101681228 101681238 101681248 101681438 101681448 Equal O/D tube O/D Tube 4 6 8 10 4 6 8 10 Unequal O/D tube O/D Tube 6 8 10 4 6 8 100820400 100820600 100820800 100821000 100820604 100820806 100821008 Parallel Y adaptor O/D Tube BSPT Thread 4 6 6 8 8 10 10 R1/8 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 101880418 101880618 101880628 101880818 101880828 101881038 101881048 157 Fittings PNEUFIT PUSH-IN FITTINGS Metric Ø 4 to 14 mm O/D tube Manifold O/D Tube inlet O/D Tube Outlet 8 8 10 10 4 6 6 8 Tee banjo assembly non regulating bolt 100D60804 100D60806 100D61006 100D61008 2 inlets; 6 outlets. O/D Tube Metric & BSPP thread 4 4 6 6 8 8 M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 10A710405 10A710418 10A710618 10A710628 10A710818 10A710828 Manifold O/D Tube inlet BSPT O/D Thread Tube Outlet (x6) 8 8 10 6 6 8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 101D60628 101D60638 101D60848 Elbow banjo assembly non regulating bolt O/D Tube Metric & BSPP thread 4 4 5 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 M5 G1/8A M5 M5 G1/8A G1/4A G1/8A G1/4A G3/8A G1/4A G3/8A 10A510405 10A510418 10A510505 10A510605 10A510618 10A510628 10A510818 10A510828 10A510838 10A511028 10A511038 Elbow banjo assembly regulating out O/D Tube BSPT Thread 4 6 6 8 8 10 10 12 R1/8 R1/8 R1/4 R1/4 R3/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 10TA00418 10TA00618 10TA00628 10TA00828 10TA00838 10TA01028 10TA01038 10TA01248 Pressure rating on this item 10 bar. Elbow banjo assembly regulating out O/D Tube BSPT Thread 6 R1/8 10T000618 Pressure rating on this item 10 bar. Elbow banjo assembly regulating out O/D Tube Metric & BSPP thread 4 4 5 5 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 12 12 M5 G1/8 M5 G1/8 M5 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 10K510405 10K510418 10K510505 10K510518 10K510605 10K510618 10K510628 10K510818 10K510828 10K510838 10K511028 10K511038 10K511238 10K511248 Pressure rating on this item 10 bar. 158 Elbow banjo body O/D Tube Bolt Thread 4 4 5 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 12 12 M5 R1/8 M5 M5 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/4 R3/8 R3/8 R1/2 100510405 100510418 100510505 100510605 100510618 100510628 100510818 100510828 100510838 100511028 100511038 100511238 100511248 Tee banjo body O/D Tube Bolt Thread 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 M5 R1/8 M5 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 Banjo bolt Non regulating double stacking 100710405 100710418 100710605 100710618 100710628 100710818 100710828 Banjo bolt Non regulating single stacking Metric & BSPP thread M5 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 20A000005 20A000018 20A000028 20A000038 20A000048 Regulating out banjo bolts Single stacking (screwdriver adjustable) Flow Metric & BSPP thread Reg out G1/8A G1/4A M5 G1/8A G1/4A G3/8A G1/8A G1/4A Reg in Bi direc 20K000018 20K000028 20L000005 20L000018 20L000028 20L000038 20M000018 20M000028 Metric & BSPP thread M5 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 20B000005 20B000018 20B000028 20B000038 20B000048 Banjo bolt Non regulating triple stacking BSPP Thread G1/8A G1/4A G3/8A 20C000018 20C000028 20C000038 PIF Non-return valve O/D Tube Flow Factor Cv*/C** 4 6 8 10 12 0,09/0,38 0,38/1,57 0,78/3,2 1,103/4,5 1,64/6,7 T50P0004 T50P0006 T50P0008 T50P0010 T50P0012 *Cv: US gall/min. **C: dm‹/(s.bar). Pressure rating on this item 10 bar. Banjo bolt Non-regulating single stacking with top port (BSP parallel) Port thread Bolt Thread G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8A G1/4A G3/8A 20E001818 20F002828 20G003838 159 Fittings BSP & HOSE FITTINGS M5, Ω" to 1" BSP Bright nickel plated. Corrosion resistant. Compact design. Washers included where necessary. TECHNICAL DATA MATERIALS Medium: Bar parts: brass to BS 2874: 1986 (CZ 121), bright nickel plated Stamped parts: brass to BS 2872: 1969 (CZ 122), bright nickel plated Sealing washers: copper (Delrin for M5 items) Compressed air or any fluids compatible with the materials listed opposite. Operating pressure: Generally limited by tubing specification except where plastic sealing washers are used (banjo bolts and M5 units). In these cases pressure is limited to 18 bar. Suitable for vacuum applications. flow regulating banjos are limited to 1 to 10 bar operating range. Ambient temperature: Generally limited by tubing specification except where plastic sealing washers are used (banjo bolts, & M5 units). In these cases temperature is limited to +70°C. 160 www.norgren.com/info/nec/en160 BSP connector Bulkhead connector Reducing Male BSPP Female Metric and BSPP thread G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G3/4 M5 M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 Metric & BSPP thread Female BSPP M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 160231805 160232805 160232818 160233818 160233828 160234818 160234828 160234838 160236828 160236838 160236848 160230518 160231828 160231838 160232838 160232848 160232868 160233848 160233868 160234868 Supplied with sealing washer. BSP connector Reducing Male BSPT Female BSPP R1/8 R1/4 R1/4 R3/8 R3/8 R3/8 R1/2 R1/2 R1/2 R1/2 R3/4 R3/4 R3/4 R1 R1 R1 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 Expanding Male BSPT Female BSPP R1/8 R1/8 R1/8 R1/4 R1/4 R1/4 R3/8 R3/8 R1/2 R3/4 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G1 Metric & BSPP thread Male metric thread M5 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G1 M10 x 1,0 M16 x 1,5 M20 x 1,5 M26 x 1,5 M28 x 1,5 M33 x 1,5 M42 x 1,5 160290005 160290018 160290028 160290038 160290048 160290068 160290088 Supplied with locknut. Sleeve adaptor Metric & BSPP thread Metric & BSPP thread M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G1 G1 M5 M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G1 160220505 160221805 160221818 160222818 160222828 160223818 160223828 160223838 160224818 160224828 160224838 160224848 160226848 160226868 160228868 160228888 Adaptor 150231818 150232818 150232828 150233818 150233828 150233838 150234818 150234828 150234838 150234848 150236828 150236838 150236848 150238838 150238848 150238868 150231828 150231838 150231848 150232838 150232848 150232868 150233848 150233868 150234868 150236888 Female NPTF Male BSPT R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/4 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/4 Female BSPP Male NPTF G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 154231818 154232828 154233838 154234848 154236868 172232828 172233838 172234848 Nipple adaptor Metric & BSPP thread Metric & BSPP thread M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G1 G1 G1 M5 M5 1/8 1/8 1/4 1/4 3/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 1/2 3/4 1/2 3/4 1 160200505 160201805 160201818 160202818 160202828 160203828 160203838 160204828 160204838 160204848 160206848 160206868 160208848 160208868 160208888 Supplied with sealing washers. 161 Fittings BSP & HOSE FITTINGS M5, Ω" to 1" BSP Nipple adaptor BSPT Thread BSPT Thread R1/8 R1/4 R1/4 R3/8 R3/8 R3/8 R1/2 R1/2 R1/2 R1/2 R3/4 R3/4 R3/4 R3/4 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1/8 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/4 R1 Hose adaptor 150201818 150202818 150202828 150203818 150203828 150203838 150204818 150204828 150204838 150204848 150206828 150206838 150206848 150206868 150208838 150208848 150208868 150208888 Hexagon nipple Male BSPT Male NPTF R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/4 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 154201818 154202828 154203838 154204848 154206868 Hose bore BSPT Thread 4 6 6 6 7 7 7 8 8 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 12 13 13 13 13 16 16 16 19 19 19 25 25 32 R1/8 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R3/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/4 R3/4 R1 R1 291170418 291170618 291170628 291170638 291170718 291170728 291170738 291170828 291170838 291170918 291170928 291170938 291170948 291171018 291171028 291171038 291171238 291171328 291171338 291171348 291171368 291171638 291171648 291171668 291171938 291171948 291171968 291172568 291172588 291173288 Adaptor fittings – allow connection between components and system using BSP or NPT threads. Swivel hose adaptor Plug BSPT Thread R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/4 R1 150050018 150050028 150050038 150050048 150050068 150050088 Hose bore Female BSPP 1/4 1/4 3/8 3/8 1/2 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 302180428 302180438 302180628 302180638 302180748 Hose connector Hose bore Plug Metric & BSPP Threads M5 G1/8A G1/4A G3/8A G1/2A G3/4A G1A Supplied with sealing washer. 162 160050005 160050018 160050028 160050038 160050048 160050068 160050088 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 300140404 300140505 300140606 300140707 Hose adaptor Hose bore Inch/mm BSPT Thread 3/16 3/16 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16 8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 16 16 19 19 3/4 1 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/4 R1/2 R3/4 R1/2 R3/4 R1 R1 Tee connector Female BSPP 301170318 301170328 301170418 301170428 301170438 301170448 301170518 291170828 301170618 301170628 301170638 301170648 301170728 301170738 301170748 301170768 291171648 291171668 291171948 291171968 301170988 301171088 Hose adaptor Hose bore mm BSPP Thread 3 3 4 4 5 6 6 6 9 9 9 9 13 13 13 13 19 M5 x 0,8 G1/8A G1/8A G1/4A G1/8A G1/8A G1/4A G3/8A G1/8A G1/4A G3/8A G1/2A G1/4A G3/8A G1/2A G3/4A G3/4A G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 160620018 160620028 160620038 160620048 160620068 Tee Male BSPT Female BSPP R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 150690018 150690028 150690038 150690048 150690068 Tee BSPT Thread 292170305 292170318 292170418 292170428 292170518 292170618 292170628 292170638 292170918 292170928 292170938 292170948 292171328 292171338 292171348 292171368 292171968 R1/4 150600028 Cross Female BSPP G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 160920018 160920028 160920038 160920048 Supplied with sealing washer. Elbow Flat union Male BSPT R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/4 R1 Female BSPP 150331818 150332828 150333838 150334848 150336868 150338888 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 160420018 160420028 160420038 160420048 160420068 163 Fittings BSP & HOSE FITTINGS M5, Ω" to 1" BSP Elbow Male BSPT Female BSPP R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 Elbow banjo assembly Non-regulating 150430018 150430028 150430038 150430048 150430068 Male BSPP Female BSPP G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 16A511818 16A512828 16A513838 16A514848 Female parallel BSP thread to male parallel BSP thread. Elbow banjo assembly Regulating out Elbow BSPT Thread R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 150400018 150400028 150400038 150400048 Male BSPP Female BSPP G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 16K511818 16K512828 16K513838 16K514848 Arrow on bolt hexagon indicates free flow direction. Pressure range 1 to 10 bar. Elbow banjo body Locknut BSPP Thread G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 Natural brass finish 164 360546 01 360546 02 360546 03 360546 04 360546 06 Female BSPP Bolt Thread G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 Female parallel BSP thread. 160511818 160512828 160513838 160514848 TUBING & HOSES Ø 3 to 22 mm O/D Available in a variety of different types to suit a wide range of applications. All tubing can be used with specific ranges of tube fittings shown in this catalogue. Nylon and polyurethane tube available in a range of colours for ease of identification. TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air. Consult our Technical Service for use with other fluids. Operating pressure: Refer to specific tubing type on the following pages. Ambient temperature: Refer to specific tubing type on the following pages. MATERIALS Nylon tube: nylon (polyamide) type 12, fully plasticised and light stabilised. metric tube meets the requirements of DIN 73378 and BS 5409. Polyurethane tube: is light stabilised and has a hardness of 92-98 shore A. Copper tube: phosphorous deoxidised copper to BS6017 grade CuDHP. PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE CONVERSION FACTORS MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURES O/D mm Max. pressure (bar)* at -40°C to +20°C Min. bend radius mm Nylon Polyurethane Nylon Polyurethane 3 4 5 6 – 15 – 7 28 10 25 7 31 11 25 9 25 9 30 16 Maximum continuous working temperature: nylon +80°C, polyurethane +60°C. *Multiply by factors in table alongside for use at higher temperatures. www.norgren.com/info/nec/en165 8 10 12 14 Working temperature Factor 19 9 50 17 24 9 60 25 18 9 75 – 15 – 80 – +30°C +40°C +50°C +60°C +80°C 0,83 0,72 0,64 0,57 0,47 165 Fittings TUBING & HOSES Ø 3 to 22 mm O/D Nylon to DIN 73378, DIN 74324 and BS5409-1 : 1976 table 2 Colour Length (m) Natural Natural Black Black Blue Blue Red Red Yellow Yellow Green Green 30 100 30 100 30 100 30 100 30 100 30 100 O/D I/D tube 4/2,5 PA0004030C PA0004100 PA0704030C PA0704100 PA0504030C PA0504100 PA0104030C PA0104100 – – PA0204030C PA0204100 5/3 PA0005030C PA0005100 PA0705030C PA0705100 PA0505030C PA0505100 – – – – – – 6/4 PA0006030C PA0006100 PA0706030C PA0706100 PA0506030C PA0506100 PA0106030C PA0106100 PA030C6030C PA030C6100 PA0206030C PA0206100 8/6 PA0008030C PA0008100 PA0708030C PA0708100 PA0508030C PA0508100 PA0108030C PA0108100 PA030C8030C PA030C8100 PA0208030C PA0208100 10/7,5 PA0010030C PA0010100 PA0710030C PA0710100 PA0510030C PA0510100 PA0110030C PA0110100 PA0310030C PA0310100 PA0210030C PA0210100 12/9 PA0012030C PA0012100 PA0712030C PA0712100 PA0512030C PA0512100 PA0112030C PA0112100 – – PA0212030C PA0212100 14/11 PA0014030C PA0014100 PA0714030C PA0714100 – – PA0114030C PA0114100 – – – – 5/3 PU0005030C PU0005100C PU0705030C PU0705100C – – – – 6/4 PU0006030C PU0006100C PU0706030C PU0706100C PU0506030C PU0506100C PU0106030C PU0106100C 8/5,5 PU0008030D PU0008100D PU0708030D PU0708100D PU0508030D PU0508100D PU0108030D PU0108100D 10/7 PU0010030D PU0010100D PU0710030D PU0710100D PU0510030D PU0510100D PU0110030D PU0110100D 12/8 PU0012030D PU0012100D PU0712030D PU0712100D PU0512030D PU0512100D – – Polyurethane Colour Length (m) Natural Natural Black Black Blue Blue Red Red 30 100 30 100 30 100 30 100 O/D I/D tube 3/2 4/2,5 PU0003030C – – – – PU0704030C – PU0704100C – PU0504030C – PU0504100C – PU0104030C – PU0104100C Key: (D) = Drum (C) = coil. Above also in 30 m Copper tubing to BS 2871 : Part 2 with dimensions generally to table 4 Type 0/D-I/D mm Pressure (bar)* 4/2,8 128 6/4,4 112 CS6004010 CS 6006010 8/6,4 81 10/8,4 64 12/9,6 81 Length 10 m coil Annealed 3 m straight Annealed Type CS6008010 CS 6010010 CS 6012003 4/2,8 0/D-I/D mm Pressure (bar)* 193 6/4,0 218 8/6,0 157 10/7,6 150 12/9,6 122 16/13,6 89 22/19,0 81 CS 7016003 CS 7022003 Length 3 m straight Half hard CS 7004003 CS 7006003 CS 7008003 CS 7010003 CS 7012003 *Recommended safe working pressure at -200°C to +50°C. For higher temperatures, multiply by factor in table below. Working temperature Factor Half hard copper +50°C ... +100°C +100°C ... +150°C +150°C ... +175°C +175°C ... +200°C 0,97 0,82 0,63 0,43 0,95 0,88 0,54 0,29 Tubing channels O/D Tube 5 6 8 12 166 No. of channels 10 10 10 6 100HA0500 100HA0600 100HA0800 100H61200 BALL VALVES 60, 61 Series Brass Ω" to 4" BSP Precision engineered shut-off valves. Minimum resistance to fluid flow. Positive quick open/shut action. Flow in either direction (except exhaust type). TECHNICAL DATA Medium: Compressed air, inert gases, water, oils and many hydrocarbon derivatives depending upon valve seat material Operating pressure: Refer to tables Ambient temperature: Refer to tables opposite MATERIALS 60 Series: Nickel plated brass to UNI-5705-65, chromium plated brass, zinc plated steel, PTFE seats and nitrile or Viton rubber seals 61 Series: Stainless steel body, stem, ball nut and handle PTFE seats www.norgren.com/info/nec/en167 167 Fittings BALL VALVES 60, 61 Series Brass Ω" to 4" BSP Mini Reduced bore Exhausting Full bore Female Maximum pressure (bar) Female Maximum pressure (bar) G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 10 10 10 10 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G1 G1/4 12 12 12 12 12 12 601112118 601112128 601112138 601112148 PTFE seats, nitrile seals Operating temperature: -10°C to +90°C 602113128EX 602113138EX 602113148EX 602113168EX 602113188EX 6021131A8EX PTFE seats and seals Operating temperature: 0°C to +60°C Female/ Male Maximum pressure (bar) G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 10 10 10 10 601112218 601112228 601112238 601112248 PTFE seats, nitrile seals Operating temperature: -10°C to +90°C Three way Full bore Female Maximum pressure (bar) G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 25 25 25 16 602114428 602114438 602114448 602114468 PTFE seats, Viton seals Operating temperature: -15°C to +150°C Standard Full bore Female Maximum pressure (bar) G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G1 G1∞ G1≥ G2 45 40 35 30 25 20 20 16 602112128 602112138 602112148 602112168 602112188 6021121A8 6021121B8 6021121C8 PTFE seats, Viton seals Operating temperature: -20°C to +150°C Lockable exhausting Full bore Female Maximum pressure (bar) G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G1 13,6 13,6 13,6 13,6 13,6 601812128 601812138 601812148 601812168 601812188 Note: lever lockable only in closed position. Standard handle accepts Ø 7 mm shackle. Stainless steel ball valves Female Maximum pressure (bar) G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G1 100 100 100 64 64 615112128 615112138 615112148 615112168 615112188 Operating temperature: -20°C to +150°C *To order ‘Tee’ handled version change 4th character to 2 168 QUIETAIRE HEAVY DUTY SILENCERS MA and MB Series Ω" to 2" BSPT, BSPP Reduce the noise levels of pneumatic equipment. Prevent open line exhaust dangers. Corrosion resistant. High flow capacity with low back pressure. Brass mesh screen and aluminium construction provide improved flow, longer life and cleanable element. Prevent metal chips, abrasive grits, dust and other contaminants from entering open exhaust ports. TECHNICAL DATA Medium Male thread Model NPT MB001B MB002B MB003B MB004B MB006B MB008B Female thread BSPT MBP03B MBP06B MBP10B Compressed air, filtered, lubricated and non-lubricated, inert gases Port size Flow Factor Cv*/C** Model BSPT 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 1∞" 1,3 / 5,3 2,3 / 9,4 4,9 / 20,0 6,8 / 27,7 14,8 / 60,4 18,0 / 73,4 23,6 / 96,3 MA001B MA002B MA003B MA004B MA006B MA008B *Cv measured in US/gall/min **C measured in dm‹/(s.bar) BSPP Port size Flow Factor Cv*/C** MA012C MA016C 1/8" 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1≥" 2" 0,8 / 3,26 2,4 / 9,79 5,7 / 23,3 6,9 / 28,1 18,0 / 73,4 20 / 81,6 39 / 159,1 59 / 241,0 *Cv measured in US/gall/min **C measured in dm3/(s.bar) Operating pressure -1 to 20 bar Ambient temperature -20°C to +80°C Operation Exhaust silencer Mounting Directly in the exhaust port MATERIALS Aluminium body and shell, brass mesh element www.norgren.com/info/nec/en169 169 Fittings ADDITIONAL RANGES SINTERED BRONZE SILENCERS, T40 SERIES BSPT 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 Model BSPP Model T40B1800 T40B2800 T40B3800 T40B4800 T40B6800 T40B8800 M5 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 T40M0500 T40C1800 T40C2800 T40C3800 T40C4800 T40C6800 T40C8800 Reduce the noise levels of pneumatic equipment. Compact and efficient. Screw directly into the exhaust port. Prevent the ingress of dirt. M/S & T45 POROUS PLASTIC SILENCERS BSPP Model M5 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 M/S0 M/S1 M/S2 M/S3 M/S4 M/S6 M/S8 Reduce the noise levels of pneumatic equipment Compact, efficient and lightweight Screw directly into the exhaust port Prevent the ingress of dirt O/D Tube Model 4 6 8 10 T45P0004 T45P0006 T45P0008 T45P0010 Threaded silencers Reduce the noise levels of pneumatic equipment Compact, efficient and lightweight Insert directly into Push-In Fitting exhaust port Prevent the ingress of dirt Stem or PIF silencers EXHAUST FILTERS BSPP Model G1/8 G1/4 G1/2 G3/4 G1 M/1511 M/1512 M/1514 M/1516 M/1518 Prevent the ingress of dirt with minimal flow restriction Robust and compact Screw directly into the exhaust port SLOW ROTATING JOINTS BSPT Taper Model 1/8 1/4 3/8 04 0174 00 04 0175 00 04 0176 00 For use with a variety of fluids 7 bar maximum 50 r.p.m. maximum FAST ROTATING JOINTS Medium BSPT Taper Model Pressure Vacuum 1/4 1/4 04 0161 00 04 0162 00 170 Pressure and vacuum models For use with a variety of fluids 7 bar maximum 2000 r.p.m. maximum www.norgren.com/info/nec/en170 Index Part number/series 0405 102GA, ..B, ..D 11-818 17-816 18 D 24011 NAMUR 26230 NAMUR 33 D 60 Series 61 Series 80200 82400 Click-on® 82530 84500 84520 95000 96000 97100 NAMUR A44000 B05 B07 B64G B68G B72G B73G B74G Ball valves BL64 BL68 BL72 BL73 BL74 BSP & Hose Copper tubing Excel 22 Excel 32 F07 F22 F64B/L F64C/H F64G F68C/H F68G F72C F72G F72V F73C F73G F74C F74G F74H F74V FFB64 FFV68 KM/55001/M KM/8000/M L07 L22 L64 L68 L72 Page 103 101 139 139 106 92 87 107 167 167 96 88 89 90 90 93 94 91 27 137 133 115 115 124 124 124 167 110 110 120 120 120 160 166 78 79 132 138 113 112 111 112 111 122 121 123 122 121 122 121 122 123 114 113 49 48 135 138 117 117 126 Part number/series L73 L74 M/1510 M/160300/M/11, ...M/12 M/160330/M/12 M/160340/M/11, ...M/12 M/160350/M/11, ...M/12 M/160360/M/12 M/160380/M/12 M/160390/M/12 M/162000/MI M/261000/M M/261100/M M/261200/M M/261300/M M/261400/M M/2720 M/31000 M/345 M/346 M/369, M/370 M/418, ..419, ..420, ..421 M/44000/M M/46000,../M M/50 M/50100 M/50200 M/58024/VB, ... /VF M/58027/VAP/P, ... /VAN/P M/58028/VB, ... /VF M/58102 M/58112 M/58300 M/58400 M/60100/M M/60210/M M/60270/M M/60280 M/61000/M,../MR M/61200/M,../MR M/630 M/7200 M/800 M/S MA, MB Nylon tubing P1H P64F P72C P72F P74C P74F PM/31000 Pneufit C, M Pneufit Push-in Polyurethane tubing PRA/181000/M PRA/182000,../M PVA/182000/M QM/132 QM/32 Page 126 126 170 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 47 29 30 31 32 33 80 51 54 54 54 54 26 28 52 18 18 58 58 58 56 55 57 57 34 44 45 46 35 36 105 105 102 170 169 166 131 119 130 128 130 128 50 141 152 166 19 20 23 53 53 Part number/series R05 R07 R22 R64G R68G R72G R73G R74G RA/191000/M RA/192000/M RA/193000/M RA/8000,../M RM/28000/M RM/55401/M RM/59100/C RM/8000/M RM/91000/M RM/92000 Rotating joints RT/57100/M RT/57200/M S/510 S/520 S/636 Super X SXE/P ISO˙STAR T1000 T1100 T15 T20 T40 T45 T50 T51, T52, T53 T55 T60 T65 T70 TQM/31 TQM/33 Two-hand control unit V07 V40/V41 V44/V45 V60 ... V63 V64H V68H V72G V74G VM10 VM15 VP12 VP50 VP51 VS18/VS26 VSM/55600/N2 W07M W72M W74M XSz Page 137 134 138 116 116 125 125 125 12 14 12 24 6 10 5 7 16 17 170 8 9 104 105 105 82 70 100 100 99 103 170 170 105 98 97 97 105 104 53 53 80 136 64 66 74 118 118 127 127 73 73 84 85 86 69 11 129 129 129 96 171 Notes 172 173 Notes 174 175 Notes 176
Similar documents
store.norgren.com
RT/57100/M Roundline cylinders Single acting - Ø 10 to 40 mm One fifth shorter than the basic length of a corresponding ISO/VDMA cylinder Low friction, long life seals High strength, double crimped...
More informationherion - IMI Precision Engineering
Caution: In this case part number and symbol on label shows different function. Therefore check gasket position when mounting valve. Air actuated valves Drawing includes cover plate.
More informationNorgren Air Preparation Products and Accessories
It is often a case that with fairly simple machines, lubricated air is required for valving and pneumatic circuitry and oil-free air for air bearings. To keep costs low two separate lines are unnec...
More information